WO2002103652A1 - Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system - Google Patents

Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002103652A1
WO2002103652A1 PCT/JP2001/005094 JP0105094W WO02103652A1 WO 2002103652 A1 WO2002103652 A1 WO 2002103652A1 JP 0105094 W JP0105094 W JP 0105094W WO 02103652 A1 WO02103652 A1 WO 02103652A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vehicle
roadside
information
intersection
vehicle information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2001/005094
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Hiroshi Ogura
Original Assignee
Fujitsu Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujitsu Limited filed Critical Fujitsu Limited
Priority to PCT/JP2001/005094 priority Critical patent/WO2002103652A1/en
Publication of WO2002103652A1 publication Critical patent/WO2002103652A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0967Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits
    • G08G1/096708Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the received information might be used to generate an automatic action on the vehicle control
    • G08G1/096716Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the received information might be used to generate an automatic action on the vehicle control where the received information does not generate an automatic action on the vehicle control
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0967Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits
    • G08G1/096733Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where a selection of the information might take place
    • G08G1/096758Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where a selection of the information might take place where no selection takes place on the transmitted or the received information
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/09Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions
    • G08G1/0962Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
    • G08G1/0967Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits
    • G08G1/096766Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the system is characterised by the origin of the information transmission
    • G08G1/096791Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits where the system is characterised by the origin of the information transmission where the origin of the information is another vehicle
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/16Anti-collision systems
    • G08G1/164Centralised systems, e.g. external to vehicles

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an intersection system and a vehicle information communication method in the intersection system.
  • the present invention relates to a vehicle-mounted device provided in a vehicle, and a road-side device provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect, wirelessly communicating with the vehicle-mounted device and transmitting vehicle information of another vehicle to the vehicle-mounted device of each vehicle.
  • an intersection system comprising:
  • the present invention also relates to a vehicle information communication method in such an intersection system.
  • the present invention relates to a roadside device and a vehicle device in an intersection system, and a vehicle information communication method thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a pedestrian crossing system and a railroad crossing notification system to which an intersection system is applied, and a communication method in those systems.
  • intersection system In order to prevent traffic accidents between vehicles or between vehicles and pedestrians at intersections where multiple roads intersect, an intersection system has been proposed that notifies vehicles of the presence of other vehicles or pedestrians.
  • sensors infrared sensors, radio wave sensors, etc.
  • multiple video cameras are installed at and near the intersection to detect the movement of pedestrians or vehicles.
  • a notification indicating that the vehicle or pedestrian is approaching the intersection is installed near the power intersection. Displayed on the display panel or indicator light.
  • sensors must be installed at the intersection and at several points near it in order to detect the movement of vehicles or pedestrians. For this reason, multiple sensors are required, and the location of the sensors must be secured so that the sensors can accurately detect vehicles or pedestrians.
  • image processing is performed and vehicles or passers-by An image processing device for recognizing that the vehicle is approaching an intersection is required, which increases costs.
  • the conventional intersection system detects the situation before a vehicle or a pedestrian enters the intersection and provides the situation, but detects the situation of the vehicle or pedestrian after entering the intersection in real time. Not a notice. For this reason, the conventional intersection system was not enough for the driver to grasp the situation of the intersection, which is constantly changing.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such a background. Disclosure of the invention
  • an intersection system is provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect with an in-vehicle device provided in a vehicle, and wirelessly communicates with the in-vehicle device to communicate with the in-vehicle device.
  • the vehicle-mounted device includes a vehicle-side processing unit that generates vehicle information of the vehicle, including identification information and a traveling direction of the vehicle.
  • a vehicle-side transmitting unit that transmits the vehicle information of the own vehicle generated by the vehicle-side processing unit to the roadside device by wireless communication; and a wireless communication of the vehicle information of the other vehicle transmitted from the roadside device.
  • the driver of the own vehicle determines at least the presence of the other vehicle by visual, auditory, or tactile sensation.
  • a notifying unit for notifying the driver so that the vehicle can be perceived by the roadside device, wherein the roadside device includes at least a region within the intersection and a region where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads.
  • a roadside receiving unit for receiving the vehicle information transmitted from the vehicle side transmitting unit of the vehicle entering the communication region, and a first information storing the vehicle information received by the roadside receiving unit;
  • Roadside storage unit and vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection.
  • a second roadside storage unit for storing vehicle information, an approach direction of a vehicle to which vehicle information of another vehicle is transmitted, an approach direction of the other vehicle, each traveling direction included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, 2 roadside Stored in said ⁇ based on the vehicle information selection data, said transmission A roadside processing unit for selecting vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the trusted vehicle from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit, and the other vehicle selected by the roadside processing unit And a first roadside transmission unit for transmitting the vehicle information to the transmission destination.
  • Intersection refers to the intersection of two or more roads, such as a crossroad, a T-junction, or any other intersection of two or more roads.
  • the in-vehicle device of the intersection system generates the vehicle information of the own vehicle including the identification information of the own vehicle and the traveling direction.
  • the in-vehicle device transmits the generated vehicle information of the own vehicle to the roadside device by wireless communication.
  • the vehicle-mounted device receives the vehicle information of the other vehicle by wireless communication.
  • the on-vehicle device enables the driver of the own vehicle to perceive at least one of the presence of the other vehicle visually, audibly, or tactilely based on the vehicle information of the other vehicle received by the vehicle-side receiver. To the driver.
  • the roadside device of the intersection system determines whether or not vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection.
  • the selection data is stored in the roadside storage unit of the roadside device in advance.
  • the roadside device has at least a region within the intersection and a region where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads as a communication region, and is transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device of the vehicle entering the communication region. Received vehicle information. Subsequently, the roadside device stores the received vehicle information in the roadside storage unit.
  • the roadside device stores the approach direction of the vehicle to which the vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the roadside storage unit. Based on the selected vehicle information selection data, vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is selected from vehicle information stored in the roadside storage unit. The roadside device transmits the selected vehicle information of the other vehicle to the destination vehicle.
  • an on-vehicle device in a vehicle and communicates wirelessly with a road-side device provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect.
  • a vehicle-side processing unit that generates vehicle information of the own vehicle, including a vehicle direction and a traveling direction; and transmits the vehicle information of the own vehicle generated by the vehicle-side processing unit to the road-side device.
  • a vehicle-side transmission unit that transmits by wireless communication, and whether to transmit vehicle information of the other vehicle to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles to the intersection is determined.
  • the roadside device uses the vehicle information based on the vehicle information selection data, the approach direction of the own vehicle to the intersection, the approach direction of another vehicle, and the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles.
  • a vehicle-side receiving unit that receives the vehicle information of the other vehicle selected as necessary to be transmitted to the roadside device by wireless communication from the roadside device, and a vehicle information of the other vehicle that is received by the vehicle-side receiving unit.
  • a notifying unit for notifying the driver of at least one of the other vehicles based on at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile sensations based on the presence of the other vehicle.
  • an on-vehicle device generates vehicle information of the own vehicle including identification information and a traveling direction of the own vehicle, and generates the vehicle information of the own vehicle on a roadside device provided near an intersection. To be transmitted by wireless communication. Subsequently, the on-board device transmits vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction to the intersection of the two vehicles. Based on the approach direction of the own vehicle and the approach direction of the other vehicle to the intersection, and the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, it is necessary to transmit to the own vehicle by the roadside device. The vehicle information of the other vehicle selected as a vehicle is received from the roadside device by wireless communication. Thus, vehicle information is communicated.
  • a roadside device is provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect, communicates wirelessly with an in-vehicle device provided in a vehicle, and communicates with the in-vehicle device in each vehicle.
  • a roadside device for transmitting vehicle information of a vehicle, wherein at least each of the two or more roads has an area within the intersection and an area where the vehicle enters the intersection as a communication area.
  • a roadside receiving unit for receiving vehicle information transmitted from the on-vehicle device of the vehicle entering the vehicle, including identification information and traveling direction of the vehicle, and a first storage unit for storing the vehicle information received by the roadside receiving unit.
  • a roadside storage unit and vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection.
  • a second roadside storage unit, and the approach direction of advance Ingress direction and said other vehicles of a vehicle to which to send the vehicle information of another vehicle, the progression included in the vehicle information of the vehicle Based on the direction and the vehicle information selection data stored in the second roadside storage unit, vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is stored in the first roadside storage unit.
  • a roadside processing unit that selects from the vehicle information stored in the vehicle, and a roadside transmission unit that transmits vehicle information of another vehicle selected by the roadside processing unit to the destination vehicle.
  • the roadside device should transmit vehicle information of one vehicle to another vehicle based on each approach direction and each travel direction of the two vehicles at the intersection.
  • the vehicle information selection data that determines whether or not the vehicle information is stored in advance in a second roadside storage unit provided in the roadside device.
  • the roadside device transmits the vehicle's information transmitted from the on-vehicle device of the vehicle that has entered the communication area including at least the area within the intersection and the area where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads.
  • the vehicle information including the identification information and the traveling direction is received.
  • the roadside device stores the received vehicle information in a first roadside storage unit provided in the roadside device.
  • the roadside device stores the approach direction of the vehicle to which the vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the second roadside memory.
  • the vehicle information of the other vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is selected from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit based on the vehicle information selection data stored in the first unit.
  • the roadside device transmits the selected vehicle information of the other vehicle to the destination vehicle. In this way, communication of vehicle information is performed.
  • a pedestrian crossing system includes a portable device carried by a pedestrian who passes through a pedestrian crossing, a roadside device provided near the pedestrian crossing, and an in-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle.
  • a pedestrian crossing system comprising: a mobile-side transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian; and the road-side device includes at least an area of the pedestrian crossing.
  • a roadside receiving unit having a first communication area including a notification signal from the portable device in the first communication area by wireless communication, and a vehicle on the pedestrian crossing on a road crossing the pedestrian crossing.
  • a roadside transmitting unit for transmitting the notification signal by wireless communication to the on-vehicle device in the second communication region, the road-side transmitting unit having a region on the side where the vehicle enters, as a second communication region.
  • the roadside Equipped with car-side receiving unit that receives a notification signal from the signal portion by the wireless communication You.
  • the portable device of the pedestrian crossing system wirelessly transmits a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian.
  • the roadside device of the pedestrian crossing system receives the notification signal from the portable device by wireless communication within a first communication area including at least the pedestrian crossing area.
  • the roadside device transmits, by wireless communication, a notification signal to an in-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle in a second communication area formed on a side where the vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing on a lane crossing the pedestrian crossing.
  • the in-vehicle device receives the notification signal from the roadside device via wireless communication. Communication is performed in this way.
  • a roadside device is a roadside device provided near a pedestrian crossing, having a first communication area including at least the pedestrian crossing area, A roadside receiving unit for receiving, by wireless communication, a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian, which is transmitted from a portable device carried by the pedestrian in the area, and a vehicle on the pedestrian crossing in a road crossing the pedestrian crossing A roadside transmitting unit that has an area on the side where the vehicle enters as a second communication area, and in the second communication area, transmits the notification signal by radio communication to an in-vehicle device mounted on the vehicle.
  • a roadside transmitting unit that has an area on the side where the vehicle enters as a second communication area, and in the second communication area, transmits the notification signal by radio communication to an in-vehicle device mounted on the vehicle.
  • a roadside device provided near a pedestrian crossing is provided in a first communication area including at least a pedestrian crossing area.
  • a notification signal for notifying the presence of a person is received by wireless communication.
  • the roadside device transmits a notification signal to the on-vehicle device mounted on the vehicle in a second communication area provided on a side of the road crossing the pedestrian crossing where the vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing.
  • Send by Communication is performed in this way.
  • a railroad crossing notification system comprises: a roadside device provided near a railroad crossing where a railroad through which a train passes and a lane through which vehicles pass; A roadside device comprising: a first communication area including at least the area of the crossing, and a first communication area for detecting a vehicle having entered the first communication area.
  • a detection unit a second communication region having a region where the vehicle can be confirmed to have passed from the crossing region as a second communication region, and a second detection unit detecting a vehicle entering the second communication region; 1 detector A roadside transmitting unit that transmits vehicle entry information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the vehicle, and transmits vehicle passage information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the second detection unit; A track-side device that receives the vehicle entry information and the vehicle passage information from the road-side transmission unit; and a track-side device that is provided on a track ahead of the train in the direction of approach to the railroad crossing.
  • the vehicle has a third communication area, and when the vehicle-entry information is received by the track-side receiving unit, transmission of a vehicle-entry notification is started in the third communication area.
  • a vehicle entry information transmission unit that stops transmission of a vehicle entry notification when received.
  • the roadside device in the railroad crossing notification system detects a vehicle entering the first communication area including at least the railroad crossing area, and detects that the vehicle has passed from the railroad crossing area.
  • the vehicle that has entered the second communication area provided in the area where the traffic can be confirmed is detected.
  • the roadside apparatus transmits the vehicle entry information to the trackside apparatus of the crossing notification system, and when a vehicle is detected in the second communication area, the roadside apparatus transmits the vehicle passage information. Transmit to the trackside device.
  • the trackside device of the railroad crossing notification system receives vehicle entry information and vehicle passage information from the roadside device. Then, upon receiving the vehicle entry information, the track side device starts transmitting a vehicle entry notification to a third communication area provided on the track ahead of the train in the direction of approach to the crossing, and receives the vehicle passage information. When the is received, transmission of the vehicle entry notification is stopped.
  • a roadside device has a first communication area including at least a crossing area where a track on which a train passes and a road on which a vehicle passes intersects, A first detection unit that detects a vehicle that has entered the vehicle, and a second communication region that includes a region where it is possible to confirm that the vehicle has passed from the crossing region, and that the vehicle that has entered the second communication region.
  • a second detection unit for detecting, and when the vehicle is detected by the first detection unit, transmitting vehicle entry information to a track side device for notifying a train of entry of the vehicle to the railroad crossing; And a roadside transmission unit that transmits vehicle passage information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the second detection unit.
  • a roadside device that reports the entry and passage of a vehicle at a railroad crossing at which a railroad where a train passes and a lane where a car passes intersects the railroad crossing.
  • it detects a vehicle that has entered the second communication area where it can be confirmed that the vehicle has passed from the crossing area.
  • the roadside device transmits the vehicle entry information to the trackside device that reports the approach of the vehicle to the railroad crossing to the train, and the vehicle enters the second communication area.
  • the vehicle transmission information is transmitted to the trackside device.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of an intersection for explaining a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the vehicle-mounted device mounted on the vehicle.
  • Figure 3A is a side view showing the positional relationship between the zone formed by the radio waves transmitted from the antenna of the roadside communication device and the vehicle antenna.
  • Figure 3B is an example of the reception level graph.
  • Figure 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the roadside communication device.
  • Figure 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the roadside processing unit.
  • Figure 6 shows the data (held data) stored in the storage unit of the roadside processor.
  • Figures 7A to 7D show the vehicle status data of each roadside communication device in a table format.
  • Figures 8A to 8F show vehicle information selection data in a table format.
  • Figures 9A to 9F show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to Figs. 8A to 8F, respectively.
  • FIG. 10 shows, in the form of a table, traffic light state / access permission data according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figures 11A and 11B show priority / non-priority data in a table format.
  • Figures 12A and 12B show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to Figures 11A and 11B, respectively.
  • FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing a processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device, the roadside communication device, and the roadside processing device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 shows the data structure of omnidirectional vehicle information.
  • Figure 15 shows an example of the data structure of data (frames) transmitted from each roadside communication device to each jurisdiction zone.
  • Figure 16 shows an example of the data structure of the data transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device to the roadside communication device.
  • FIGS 17 and 18 are flowcharts showing the detailed flow of the processing of individual vehicle information.
  • Figure 19 shows, in a table format, the priority data added at intersections where there is no traffic light and there is a distinction between priority roads and non-priority roads.
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view of the intersection corresponding to FIG.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection of a T-junction for explaining the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 shows, in the form of a table, traffic light state / # 1 input availability correspondence data in the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing a crosswalk for explaining the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view of an intersection for explaining the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a sequence diagram showing a processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device, the roadside communication device, and the roadside processing device according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 26 is a plan view showing a railroad crossing where a railway track crosses a road on which vehicles pass, and the surrounding area.
  • Figure 1 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection X where two roads R1 and R2 intersect at a substantially right angle.
  • the intersection X is provided with the intersection system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 1.1. Configuration of intersection system
  • these roads R1 and R2 are left-hand traffic roads bounded by the center line (or the central demarcation zone) L1 and L2, respectively.
  • Road R1 has one or more lanes of one-sided roads R11 and R12.
  • One-sided road R11 is in the direction from bottom to top in Fig. 1 (hereinafter referred to as "R11 direction")
  • one-sided road R12 is in Fig. 1 in the direction from top to bottom (hereinafter referred to as "R12 direction”).
  • the vehicle travels (passes).
  • Road R2 also has one-way or multiple-lane one-way roads R21 and R22.
  • One-sided road R 21 is in the left-to-right direction in Fig. 1 (hereinafter referred to as "R21 direction")
  • one-sided road R22 is in Fig. 1 in the right-to-left direction (hereinafter referred to as "R22 direction").
  • the vehicle travels (passes).
  • Vehicle 1 may be a four-wheeled vehicle, or may be a two-wheeled or three-wheeled vehicle.
  • traffic lights 7a to 7d are installed.
  • Traffic light 7a regulates the traffic (straight, left turn, and right turn) on one-way road R11.
  • traffic light 7b regulates traffic on one-way road R21
  • traffic light 7c regulates traffic on one-way road R12
  • traffic light 7d regulates traffic on one-way road R22. is there.
  • These traffic lights 7a to 7d are connected to the roadside processing device 3 by wire or wirelessly (signal lines are not shown), and signals representing their own status (red, yellow, or blue) will be described in detail later. It is transmitted to the roadside processing device 3.
  • the intersection system includes a roadside device installed at the intersection X and an in-vehicle device 10 mounted on the vehicle 1.
  • the roadside device has four roadside communication devices 2 a to 2 d and a roadside processing device 3.
  • the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d are sometimes called base stations, and the roadside processing device 3 is sometimes called a base station controller.
  • the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d are connected to the roadside processing device 3 by a communication line, and transmit and receive data to be described later via the communication line.
  • Fig. 1 only the communication line between the roadside communication device 2a and the roadside processing device 3 is shown for simplicity. Communication line is omitted.
  • These communication lines are wired communication lines in the present embodiment, but may be wireless communication lines.
  • the roadside communication device 2a controls a zone (area) 5a (shown by a virtual line (two-dotted line)) formed on the one-sided road R11.
  • the roadside communication device 2b has a zone (area) 5b formed on the one-sided road R21
  • the roadside communication device 2c has a zone (area) 5 formed on the one-sided road R12.
  • the roadside communication device 2 d controls the zone (area) 5 d formed on the one-sided road R22.
  • the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d have, for example, a DSRC (Dedicated Short Range Communication) function, and wirelessly communicate with the vehicle 1 entering the zones 5a to 5d under their control.
  • DSRC Dedicated Short Range Communication
  • the speed of this wireless communication is, for example, 1 M [bps], 4 M [bps], and the like.
  • the frequency band is, for example, the 5.8 G [Hz] band.
  • the radio frequencies of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d should be set within the given frequency band so that the radio waves of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d do not interfere with each other in the region where at least two of the zones 5a to 5d intersect. , Different frequencies are assigned to each.
  • Each zone 5a to 5d is set in an area where intersection X can be effectively prevented.
  • the specific range of this area is determined by simulations, experiments, actual operations, and so on.
  • zone 5a in the R11 direction (longitudinal direction) of one-sided road R11, vehicles enter one-sided road R111 from the corner 6a (entrance) of intersection X (upstream side of the road). From about 10 to 20 meters toward the road, cross intersection X and go from corner 6b (exit) to the exit of the vehicle (downstream of the road) to several meters (about 1 to 3 meters). Area is set.
  • Zone 5a is set in the direction (width direction) orthogonal to the R11 direction, in the area of almost the same width as the one-sided road R11 or a slightly narrower width (width about several tens of centimeters). Is done.
  • zone 5a consists of the entry area that forms the part from the vehicle's entry side to the entrance of intersection X (corner 6a), the area within intersection X, and the exit of intersection X (corner 6b). And a delivery side region which constitutes a part from the delivery side to the delivery side. Zone 5a has an exit area to reliably detect that vehicle 1 has left intersection X. is there.
  • the other zones 5b to 5d are set in the same area on each one-way road R21, R12, R22.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the vehicle-mounted device 10 mounted on the vehicle 1.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 includes an antenna 11, a radio unit 12, a display unit 13, a speaker unit 14, a processing control unit 15, and a storage unit 16.
  • the antenna 1 is an antenna for performing wireless communication with any of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and is composed of, for example, a planar antenna (patch, antenna, etc.).
  • the antenna 1 is provided on the front of the vehicle 1 and has directivity in a range of a slight angle to the left and right with respect to the front (the traveling direction when traveling straight) and the front.
  • the range of the slight left and right angles is a range in which the vehicle 1 can communicate with the roadside communication device in the left turn direction or the right turn direction when the vehicle 1 turns left or right slightly and turns the body 1 slightly. Therefore, antenna 1 mainly receives radio waves arriving from the front in the traveling direction and transmits radio waves toward the front in the traveling direction.
  • the radio unit 12 Under the control of the processing / control unit 15, the radio unit 12 transmits the radio frequency (frequency of the wireless communication of the antenna 11) and the baseband frequency (frequency of the input / output signal of the processing / control unit 15). It performs modulation / demodulation processing, conversion between analog signals (radio communication signals of antenna 11) and digital signals (input / output signals of processing / control unit 15) (A / D conversion and DZA conversion).
  • the radio unit 12 can receive any of the frequencies assigned to the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and performs wireless communication at a frequency corresponding to the frequency of the signal received from the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. It is configured as follows.
  • the processing / control unit 15 controls the radio unit 12, the display unit 13, the speaker unit 14, the storage unit 16, and the like, and also performs transmission of vehicle information described later, processing of other direction information, and the like.
  • the processing control unit 15 can also apply a brake by controlling a braking device (not shown).
  • the processing / control unit 15 may be composed of a CPU or a microcomputer and a program executed by the CPU or the microcomputer, or a hardware in which the processing described by the program is realized by hardware. It may be constituted by a circuit. In addition, this program It may be recorded on a recording medium (semiconductor memory, floppy disk, CD-ROM, DVD, etc.) and provided.
  • the storage unit 16 is transmitted from any of the vehicle number and vehicle ID assigned to the vehicle 1 in advance, a reception level function representing a reception level graph, own vehicle information, and the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d.
  • the other direction vehicle information and the individual vehicle information are stored.
  • the storage unit 16 can be constituted by, for example, a semiconductor memory, a hard disk device, or the like.
  • the “vehicle number” is, for example, the number given to the number plate of vehicle 1.
  • “Vehicle ID” is an identifier assigned to the in-vehicle device 10 to uniquely identify the in-vehicle device 10, and can also be called the in-vehicle device ID.
  • the “vehicle number” and / or the “vehicle ID” may include information identifying the type of vehicle 1. Both “vehicle number” and “vehicle ID” can be used as identification information for identifying vehicle 1 from other vehicles.
  • the “reception level function” is the reception level (intensity of the received radio wave) of the radio wave transmitted from any of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and the distance from the entry position of zones 5a to 5d to vehicle 1. Is a function showing the relationship with Figure 3A shows the positional relationship between the zones 5a to 5d formed by the radio waves transmitted from the antennas 21 of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively, and the antenna 11 of the vehicle 1 described later.
  • FIG. Figure 3B is an example of a graph of a reception level function (reception level 'graph).
  • the reception level has the intensity shown in Fig. 3B from the upstream side (left side in Fig. 3) of one side road toward the downstream side (right side in Fig. 3).
  • the "service-in” point is that vehicle 1 travels in the direction of travel and vehicle-mounted device 10 (processing Z control unit 15 or wireless unit 12) is connected to any of roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. This is the point where you can recognize that you are receiving radio waves from the Internet.
  • the “service out” point recognizes that the in-vehicle device 10 (processing / “controller 15 or wireless unit 12”) is receiving radio waves from any of the roadside communication devices 2 a to 2 d. It is a point that cannot be done.
  • antenna 21 can receive radio waves from antenna 11 as well. it can.
  • this reception level function can be stored in the storage unit 16 as a correspondence table (table) between the reception level and the position, or can be stored in the storage unit 1 as a calculation formula (including an approximation formula) representing a graph curve. 6 can also be stored.
  • the “own vehicle information”, the “other direction vehicle information”, and the “individual vehicle information” will be described later in detail.
  • the display unit 13 displays information on the status of the intersection X (detailed later) to the driver (driver) under the control of the processing / control unit 15.
  • the display unit 13 includes, for example, a liquid crystal display device, a CRT display device, and a plasma display device.
  • the speaker unit 14 Under the control of the processing control unit 15, the speaker unit 14 notifies the driver of the information on the status of the intersection X (described in detail later) by voice, warning sound, and the like.
  • the display unit 13 can also serve as a display device such as a car navigation system or a car audio system already mounted on the vehicle 1, for example.
  • the speaker section 14 can also be used as a speaker for the car 'navigation' system, car 'audio' system, etc. already mounted on the vehicle 1.
  • the speed meter 17 and the win force (direction indicator) 18 are known ones usually mounted on the vehicle 1, their detailed description is omitted here.
  • the speed meter 17 gives the measured speed to the processing Z controller 15.
  • the win force 18 is composed of a left-turn win force and a right-turn win force, and provides a signal indicating whether or not there is a blink (blink signal) to the processing control unit 15.
  • Fig. 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of each of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d.
  • the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d all have the same configuration. Therefore, here, the configuration will be described using the roadside communication device 2a as an example.
  • the roadside communication device 2a includes a planar antenna 21, a radio unit 22, a processing Z control unit 23, an interface unit (I / F unit) 24, and a storage unit 25.
  • the planar antenna 21 is an antenna for performing wireless communication with the vehicle-mounted device 10.
  • This flat antenna 21 is installed at a position (eg, at a height of 5 to 6 meters above the road surface of one-sided road R11) and orientation that can cover the zone 5a under its jurisdiction. You. Therefore, the installation location of the antenna 21 can be easily secured.
  • the planar antenna 21 has directivity toward the upstream side of the zone 5a under its control. Therefore, the antenna 21 transmits radio waves from the downstream side of the one-sided road R11 to the upstream side, and receives radio waves from the onboard device 10 transmitted from the upstream side to the downstream side.
  • the planar antenna 21 may be a patch 'antenna.
  • the radio section 22 modulates and demodulates the radio frequency (frequency of the wireless communication of the antenna 21) and the baseband frequency (frequency of the input / output signal of the processing control section 23) under the control of the processing control section 23.
  • different frequencies are assigned to the radio frequencies of the radio units 22 of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively.
  • the processing control unit 23 controls the radio unit 22, the IZF unit 24, and the storage unit 25, and also performs processing such as communication requests, transmission of own-vehicle information, and reception of other-way vehicle information, which are described later. .
  • the processing Z control unit 23 may be constituted by a CPU or a microcomputer and a program executed by the CPU or the microcomputer, or may be a hardware in which the processing described by the program is realized by hardware. It may be constituted by a circuit. This program may be recorded on a recording medium (semiconductor memory, floppy disk, CD-ROM, DVD, etc.) and provided.
  • a recording medium semiconductor memory, floppy disk, CD-ROM, DVD, etc.
  • the IF section 24 is connected to the roadside processing device 3, and performs interface processing (voltage matching, signal conversion, communication protocol processing, etc.) under the control of the processing Z control section 23.
  • the storage unit 25 temporarily stores the vehicle information transmitted from the vehicle 1, the slot number assigned to each vehicle 1 (described later), the information transmitted from the roadside processing device 3, and the like.
  • An identification number (roadside communication device number) for identifying each of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d is assigned in advance, and the storage unit 25 stores the roadside communication device number in advance. I have.
  • the roadside processing device 3 can identify the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d based on the roadside communication device number.
  • This storage unit 25 For example, it can be constituted by a semiconductor memory, a hard disk device, or the like.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the roadside processing device 3. As shown in FIG.
  • the roadside processing device 3 includes a processing control unit 31, a roadside communication device interface unit (roadside communication device I / F unit) 32, a traffic light interface unit (traffic light IZF unit) 33, and a storage unit 34.
  • the processing / control unit 31 controls the roadside communication device IF unit 32, the traffic signal IF unit 33, and the storage unit 34, and also performs processing such as vehicle registration and vehicle information reception, which will be described later.
  • the processing Z control unit 31 may be configured by a CPU or a microcomputer and a program executed by the CPU or the microcomputer, or may be a hardware circuit in which the processing described by the program is realized by hardware. May be configured.
  • the roadside communication device IZF unit 32 has IZF units 32a to 32d. I / F 3
  • the traffic signal IZF section 33 has I / F sections 33a to 33d. I / F section 33 a ⁇
  • the storage unit 34 stores data transmitted from the roadside communication device, predetermined table data, and the like.
  • the storage unit 34 can be constituted by, for example, a semiconductor memory, a hard disk device, or the like.
  • FIG. 6 shows data (holding data) stored in the storage unit 34.
  • the retained data includes vehicle status data, vehicle information selection data, traffic light status data, and traffic signal status_progress / non-progress information of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d created from the data transmitted from the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively. Data and priority data.
  • FIGS 7A to 7D show the vehicle status data of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d in the form of tables, respectively.
  • the vehicle status data of the roadside communication device 2a is based on vehicle information (described later) transmitted from the vehicle 1 to the roadside communication device 2a via the roadside communication device 2a. It is created by the processing / control unit 31.
  • the vehicle status data of the roadside communication devices 2b to 2c are created in the same manner.
  • Each vehicle status data includes vehicle number, vehicle ID, information update time, heading direction, speed, travel stop, communication start time, and communication end time.
  • Vehicle number and vehicle ID are the vehicle number and vehicle ID of vehicle 1 communicating with one of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively. Since vehicle 1 can be identified only by the vehicle number, vehicle ID may be omitted.
  • the “traveling direction” is the direction in which the vehicle 1 travels in the future, and has one of the following values: straight ahead, left turn, or right turn.
  • This traveling direction is created by the in-vehicle device 10 (processing / control unit 15) based on the information of the winkers 18 (see FIG. 2) of the vehicle 1, as described later. Therefore, this traveling direction is referred to as the traveling direction when the vehicle 1 enters the zones 5a to 5d (hereinafter referred to as “entering direction”). ) Does not always match.
  • vehicle 1 has a left-turn (that is, R22 direction) as the force traveling in zone 5a in direction R11, and may then turn left.
  • the approach direction is determined by which of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d has started communication when the vehicle 1 has entered any of the zones 5a to 5d.
  • the direction of travel is the direction relative to the approach direction.
  • “Speed” is the running speed of vehicle 1 and is the value of speed meter 17 of vehicle 1.
  • “Running Z stop” is data indicating whether the vehicle 1 is running or stopped, and has a value of either running or stopped. This “run / stop” can also be determined based on whether the “speed” value is 0, and can be omitted from the vehicle status data.
  • Communication start time is the time when vehicle 1 (vehicle-mounted device 10) starts communicating with any of roadside communication devices 2a to 2d.
  • the communication start time is the time when vehicle 1 goes straight ahead and the service shown in Fig. 3 starts communication at the in-point, or when vehicle 1 makes a left or right turn and enters from one zone to another. (In this case, vehicle 1 enters between the service 'in' point and the service 'out' point), or the time when communication with the roadside communication device that governs the other zone started. Value.
  • the “communication end time” is the time when the vehicle 1 ends communication with one of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. It is the time that was completed. This communication end time is the time when vehicle 1 goes straight and ends communication at any of the service 'out' points in zones 5a to 5d, or turns left or right, and antenna 1 1 (and antenna 2 1) Due to the directivity of the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 becomes unable to communicate with any of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and thus takes any value of the communication termination time.
  • the communication end time column contains a value other than the time value such as "NULL". Is placed.
  • “Information update time” is the time when the traveling direction, speed, or running / stop content of the information of each vehicle number (and vehicle ID) was updated, when that information was updated. For example, when the traveling direction of vehicle 1 with a certain vehicle number is changed from straight ahead to left turn, the traveling direction column of that vehicle number is changed from straight ahead to left turn and the information update time column is displayed. Will record the time of the change. If the information is not updated, the information update time is recorded, for example, as the “NULL” value or the same time as the communication start time.
  • This vehicle status data is divided into the part where the communication end time is entered (history data) and the data where the communication end time is not entered yet (that is, data on vehicles in the zone that are communicating). Can also be provided.
  • FIGS. 8A to 8F show vehicle information selection data in a table format.
  • This vehicle information selection data is data for determining which vehicle information (vehicle number, traveling direction, running / stop, priority, etc.) is to be included in the individual vehicle information described later.
  • 9A to 9F show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to FIGS. 8A to 8F, respectively.
  • Symbols A to D in these figures indicate vehicles. “Go straight”, “turn left”, “turn right”, and “stop” indicate the status of vehicles A to D. For example, vehicle A “straight” indicates that vehicle A is traveling straight. Whether the vehicles A to D are in the “straight ahead”, “left turn”, “right turn”, or “stopped” state is determined by the “traveling direction” data and “ Judgment is made based on “stop running” (or "speed”) data.
  • a circle ( ⁇ ) indicates a case where individual vehicle information transmitted to one vehicle needs to include vehicle information of the other vehicle, and a cross (X) indicates In this case, it is not necessary to include the vehicle information of the other vehicle in the individual vehicle information of one vehicle.
  • a circle is marked. Therefore, in this case, the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle A includes the vehicle information of vehicle B, and the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle B includes the vehicle information of vehicle A. It will be.
  • the state of vehicle A is a left turn and the state of vehicle B is straight ahead, a cross is marked. Therefore, in this case, the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle A does not include the vehicle information of vehicle B, and the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle B does not include the vehicle information of vehicle A. It will not be.
  • Figure 10 shows the traffic condition / accessibility data in a table format.
  • Traffic light status Z entry availability data is based on the status of traffic lights 7a and 7c in the direction of road R1 (see Fig. 1) and whether vehicles can enter intersection X in the direction of road R1 (permission allowed, caution of approach). , And entry prohibition), and the status of traffic lights 7b and 7d in the direction of road R2 (see Fig. 1) and whether vehicles can enter the intersection X in the direction of road R2 (entry permission, , And entry prohibited).
  • the traffic light status Z entry availability correspondence data is used to notify each vehicle 1 whether or not each vehicle 1 can enter the intersection according to the status of the traffic lights 7a to 7d. This notification is included in the individual vehicle information (described later) and transmitted to each vehicle 1. For example, when the traffic light 7a (7c) in the direction of the road R1 is "blue", the vehicle travels in the direction of the road R1 (that is, the approach direction is the direction of the road R11 or R12).
  • the vehicle will be notified of the "entry permitted” force if it is “yellow” and “not allowed” if it is “red”.
  • the same notification is given to vehicles traveling in that direction (that is, the approach direction is the direction of the road R21 or R22). .
  • Figures 11A and 11B show priority data in a table format.
  • Figures 12A and 12B show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to Figures 11A and 11B, respectively.
  • Symbols A to D in these figures indicate vehicles. “Go straight”, “turn left”, “turn right”, and “stop” indicate the status of vehicles A to D.
  • the priority data indicates the priority of the two vehicles (straight ahead, left turn, right turn, and stopped), indicating which vehicle is allowed to travel with priority.
  • “A priority”, “C priority”, etc. indicate vehicles that are allowed to travel with priority.
  • Fig. 11A the column of “turn right” for vehicle A and the column “straight ahead” for vehicle A are marked with “C priority”, so that the traffic of vehicle C has priority over the traffic of vehicle A. Which indicates that.
  • C priority is sent to vehicle C and “non-priority” is sent to vehicle A as the priority.
  • “Caution” is entered to indicate that both vehicles A and C need to pay attention to each other. In this case, “Attention” is sent to vehicle A and the same as priority.
  • the columns marked with crosses (X) indicate that no priority is transmitted because vehicle information is not included in the individual vehicle information, as described in FIGS. 8 and 9. .
  • This priority is included in the vehicle information of omnidirectional vehicle information (described later) or individual vehicle information (described later) and transmitted to each vehicle 1.
  • FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing the processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device 10, the roadside communication devices 2 a to 2 d, and the roadside processing device 3.
  • the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d are collectively referred to as “roadside communication device 2” when they are not particularly distinguished.
  • the Z control unit 31 creates omnidirectional vehicle information at predetermined fixed time intervals (for example, at intervals of several milliseconds, tens of milliseconds, etc.).
  • the data is transmitted to the roadside communication device 2 via 2a to 32d (step S21).
  • FIG 14 shows the data structure of this omnidirectional vehicle information.
  • the omnidirectional vehicle information includes all vehicles traveling in any of the R11 direction to R22 direction in zones 5a to 5d (that is, all vehicles communicating with any of the four roadside communication devices 2). Vehicle).
  • This omnidirectional vehicle information includes the destination, direction data, and vehicle information for each direction.
  • the “transmission destination” indicates a transmission destination to which the omnidirectional vehicle information is transmitted.
  • “Direction data” indicates one of four directions from the R11 direction to the R22 direction.
  • the “vehicle information” in each direction is information on vehicles traveling in each direction from the R11 direction to the R22 direction (that is, vehicles communicating with each roadside communication device 2).
  • the “vehicle information” is provided by the number of vehicles 1 communicating with each roadside communication device 2 and has the vehicle number, traveling direction, speed, traveling stop, and priority of each vehicle 1. This vehicle information is created based on the data held in the roadside processing device 3 shown in FIG.
  • the processing control unit 31 stores, in the stored data stored in the storage unit 34, the vehicle status data in which the communication end time is not entered (that is, exists in each of the zones 5a to 5d, Vehicle status data of vehicle 1 communicating with 2). Then, the processing / control unit 31 converts the vehicle number, the traveling direction, the speed, and the traveling stop value of the extracted vehicle status data into the vehicle information “vehicle number”, “traveling direction”, “speed”, and It is stored in the area of "stop when running". Note that whether to run or stop can also be determined by the value of “speed”, so the “run / stop” area can be omitted.
  • the priority or non-priority value is stored in the “priority” area based on the traveling direction and priority data of each vehicle.
  • the priority of each vehicle is given a value of “priority” only if priority is given to all other vehicles, and priority is given to even one of the other vehicles. Otherwise, a value of "Non-priority" is given.
  • This vehicle information may further include an area of “entry permission”.
  • the processing Z control unit 31 determines the vehicle entry data corresponding to the vehicle status data stored in the storage unit 34 and the traffic light entry availability stored in the storage unit 34. Based on the data (see Fig.
  • each vehicle 1 determines whether or not each vehicle 1 can enter, and the determined value (permission allowed, prohibited, or cautioned) is entered into "In the area. For example, if the vehicle 1 is communicating with the roadside communication device 2a (ie, traveling in the R11 direction (including straight ahead, left turn, right turn)), the R11 direction (road If the status of the traffic light 7a (7c) in the R1 direction) is blue, “Entry Permitted” is stored in the “Entry Permitted” area of the vehicle information.
  • the roadside communication device 2a ie, traveling in the R11 direction (including straight ahead, left turn, right turn)
  • the R11 direction road If the status of the traffic light 7a (7c) in the R1 direction
  • “Entry Permitted” is stored in the “Entry Permitted” area of the vehicle information.
  • each roadside communication device 2 receives the omnidirectional vehicle information from the roadside processing device 3 via the I / F unit 24, Only the vehicle information (vehicle information in other directions) in the direction (zone) other than the direction (zone) under its control is selected, and the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast, consisting of vehicle information in other directions, is created.
  • the term “for broadcast” is used because this other-directional vehicle information is broadcast to all vehicles in the zone, and is included in the individual vehicle information described later. This is for distinguishing from the direction vehicle information.
  • the processing Z control unit 23 transmits this multi-directional vehicle information for broadcast to the zone (vehicle device 10) under its control via the radio unit 22 and the antenna 21 (step S11). ).
  • the processing / control unit 23 of the roadside communication device 2a determines from the omnidirectional vehicle information that the destination “all roadside communication device”, the direction data “R1 direction 1”, and the R1 direction vehicle information Select the part and send the selected part.
  • Figure 15 shows an example of the data structure of data (frames) transmitted from each roadside communication device 2 to each of the control zones 5a to 5d.
  • Frames of a fixed length are repeatedly transmitted from each roadside communication device 2 to each of the zones 5a to 5d.
  • Each frame is divided into multiple slots.
  • the first slot is the control slot.
  • a broadcast slot and multiple individual slots are provided.
  • the “control slot” stores the roadside communication device number of the roadside communication device 2 that transmitted this frame.
  • Process of Roadside Communication Device 2 When transmitting a frame (creating a frame), the Z control unit 23 reads out its own roadside communication device number from the storage unit 25 and sends its own roadside communication number to a predetermined location in the control slot. Stores the device number. Processing of each in-vehicle device 10
  • the Z control unit 15 reads the roadside communication device number in the control slot and stores it in the storage unit 16. If the vehicle 1 makes a left or right turn and the roadside communication device 2 that performs communication changes, a roadside communication device number that is different from the roadside communication device number of the roadside communication device 2 that has been communicating so far is received. , And are stored in the storage unit 16.
  • the “control slot” also stores a set of a vehicle number as information for specifying vehicle 1 and an individual slot number (channel number) that stores information given to the vehicle with that vehicle number.
  • the pairs of vehicle numbers and channel numbers are stored for the number of individual slots in one frame.
  • the Z control unit 15 checks whether or not its own vehicle number is in the control slot. When the processing / control unit 15 has its own vehicle number, the processing / control unit 15 fetches the information in the individual slot corresponding to the channel number according to the channel number paired with the vehicle number. Remember in 6.
  • the “broadcast slot” includes information received by all of the vehicles 1 communicating with the roadside communication device 2. That is, any on-vehicle device 10 communicating with the roadside communication device 2 fetches the information stored in the broadcast slot and stores the information in the storage unit 16. To memorize. Therefore, the above-mentioned other direction vehicle information is stored and transmitted in this broadcast slot. If there is no information to be stored in the broadcast slot, the data in the broadcast slot is set to, for example, "NULL".
  • the “individual slot” stores individual information individually given to each vehicle (for example, individual vehicle information described later). If the number of vehicles 1 in one zone exceeds the number of individual slots in one frame, the individual information for vehicles that cannot be transmitted in the individual slot of a certain frame will be transmitted to other frames after this frame. Will be included in the individual slots of the system.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 detects whether or not the radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 is received at regular intervals (step S1). .
  • This fixed time interval is preferably shorter than the interval at which the roadside processing device 3 transmits omnidirectional vehicle information (ie, the interval at which the roadside communication device 2 transmits other direction vehicle information). For example, several tens to several hundreds of microphones are used. Mouth-second intervals. Since the frequency transmitted by each roadside communication device 2 is different, the processing / control unit 15 of the on-vehicle device 10 controls the radio unit 12 so that the frequency of each roadside communication device 2 can be detected.
  • the vehicle 1 receives the radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 located in front of the antenna 11 of the vehicle-mounted device 10 in the traveling direction.
  • the vehicle 1 travels in the direction shown in Fig. 1 and enters zone 5a, it receives radio waves from roadside communication device 2a.
  • the received radio wave is converted into a baseband frequency digital signal by the radio section 12 and given to the processing control section 15.
  • the processing controller 15 determines that a radio wave has been detected (Y in step S1).
  • the processing control unit 15 transmits a communication request to the roadside communication device 2 located ahead in the traveling direction via the wireless unit 12 and the antenna 11.
  • This communication request includes the vehicle number and the vehicle ID stored in the storage unit 16.
  • This transmission frequency is adjusted to a frequency corresponding to the frequency of the radio wave received from the roadside communication device 2.
  • Fig. 16 shows an example of the data structure of the data transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10 to the roadside communication device 2.
  • a fixed-length frame is also sent from the onboard device 10 to the roadside communication device 2. It consists of a repetition of the game.
  • Each frame is transmitted in synchronization with (ie, at the same time as) each frame transmitted from the roadside communication device 2 to the vehicle-mounted device 10 shown in Fig. 15.
  • Each frame is divided into multiple slots.
  • the first slot is a part corresponding to the control slot in Fig. 15 and is an empty area.
  • the next slot is a communication request slot used by the in-vehicle device 10 to transmit a communication request to one of the roadside communication devices 2.
  • This communication request slot is divided into multiple areas.
  • the processing / control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 selects an arbitrary one of a plurality of areas provided in the communication request slot, and stores the selected area in the storage area 16 in the selected area.
  • the vehicle number and the vehicle ID, and the time of the clock of the processing control unit 15 are stored and transmitted.
  • An individual slot is provided after the communication request slot. This individual slot will be described later.
  • step S12 Upon receiving the communication request (Y in step S12), the processing control unit 23 of the roadside communication device 2 temporarily stores the vehicle number and the vehicle ID included in the communication request in the storage unit 25 (the vehicle Registration) is done (step S13). On the other hand, when the communication request is not received, the processing of the processing control section 23 returns to step S11.
  • the processing Z control unit 23 Immediately after receiving the communication request, the processing Z control unit 23, on the other hand, adds the time when the communication request was received (or the time when this vehicle information is transmitted) to the received vehicle number and vehicle ID and the own roadside communication device. A number is added and these are transmitted to the roadside processing device 3 as vehicle information.
  • the processing control unit 23 transmits the channel number to the vehicle-mounted device 10 and performs channel assignment.
  • This channel number is stored, for example, in a control slot (see Fig. 15) together with the vehicle number. Therefore, the in-vehicle device 10 can detect its own vehicle number in the control slot and know the channel number assigned to itself based on the detected vehicle number. Further, the processing control unit 23 associates the channel number with the assigned vehicle number of the vehicle 1 and stores it in the storage block 25.
  • the processing / control unit 31 of the roadside processing device 3 stores the vehicle number and vehicle ID as vehicle information.
  • the vehicle status data (see Fig. 7) of the roadside communication device 2 corresponding to the roadside communication device number is stored.
  • the vehicle number, vehicle ID, and time are registered in the vehicle status data created in section 34 (step S22). This time is registered in the “communication start time” of the vehicle status data.
  • the onboard device 10 when receiving the channel number from the roadside communication device 2, the onboard device 10 performs speed detection, traveling direction detection, and reception level detection (step S2). Speed detection is performed by the processing / control unit 15 reading the value of the speed meter 17. The direction of travel is detected by the processing control unit 15 detecting the blinking of the win force 18. If only the left-turn win force is blinking, the direction of travel is “left turn”. If only the right-turn win force is blinking, the direction of travel is “right turn”. If neither the left-turn win power nor the right-turn win power is blinking, the direction of travel is straight. If both the left-turn win force and the right-turn win force are blinking (so-called hazard blinking), the traveling direction is “straight ahead”.
  • the reception level is detected by the processing / control unit 15 detecting the intensity [dBm] of the radio wave received from the roadside communication device 2.
  • the processing Z control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 determines the traveling Z stop of the vehicle 1 (step S3). This traveling stop determination is performed by the processing control unit 15 determining whether the value of the speed meter 17 is 0 or any other value. If the value of the speed meter 17 is 0, it is judged as “stop”, and if it is any other value, it is judged as “running”.
  • the processing control unit 15 creates own-vehicle information and transmits the created own-vehicle information to the roadside communication device 2 using the individual slot (see Fig. 16) specified by the channel number. Yes (step S4).
  • this vehicle information includes the vehicle number, traveling direction, running / stop, speed, and reception level.
  • the roadside communication device 2 When the roadside communication device 2 receives the own vehicle information from the onboard device 10, the roadside communication device 2 adds its own roadside communication device number as transmission source data to the received own vehicle information and transmits the information to the roadside processing device 3 (Step S14).
  • the processing / control unit 31 of the roadside processing device 3 receives the vehicle information to which the roadside communication device number is added from the roadside communication device 2, the received vehicle information is stored in the vehicle status data stored in the storage unit 34. (Step S23). That is, the processing Z control unit 31 selects the vehicle situation data corresponding to the roadside communication device number from the vehicle situation data of each roadside communication device 2 (see Fig. 7). Then, from the selected vehicle status data, the processing Z control unit 31 selects the “traveling direction”, “speed”, and “traveling Z stop” fields corresponding to the vehicle number included in the received vehicle information. Then, the received information is registered.
  • the processing / control unit 31 creates and transmits individual vehicle information to the vehicle 1 that transmitted the vehicle information (steps S24 to S26).
  • the processing Z control unit 31 selects the vehicle information of the related vehicle in the other direction (hereinafter, referred to as “other direction vehicle”) from the vehicle situation data (step S24).
  • the “vehicle information of the other direction vehicle” is a vehicle that is communicating with the roadside communication device 2 other than the roadside communication device 2 that is communicating with the vehicle 1 (hereinafter, “destination vehicle ⁇ J”) to which the individual vehicle information is transmitted. These are both vehicle information, and the vehicle information determined to need to be transmitted based on the vehicle information selection data (see Fig. 8).
  • Vehicle information of vehicles communicating with the communication devices 2b, 2c, and 2d (that is, vehicle information of vehicles for which communication end time is not entered) is selected from the vehicle situation data. It is not related to the direction of travel of each vehicle (straight ahead, left turn, right turn).
  • vehicle information related to the circles in the vehicle information selection data (see Fig. 8) is determined based on the traveling direction of the destination vehicle and the traveling direction of the other direction vehicle. Selected.
  • the processing control unit 31 adds additional information based on the road (in this embodiment, entry permission / inhibition and priority) based on the traffic light state / entry permission correspondence data and priority data (step S25). ).
  • the entry possibility is determined based on the traveling direction of the destination vehicle and the other direction vehicle and the traffic light status / access possibility correspondence data. "Entry allowed”, “Attention”, or “Entry prohibited” of the vehicle is selected.
  • the “enterability” of the destination vehicle is “no entry”. If the approach direction of the other direction vehicle is the R21 direction and the traffic light status in the R2 direction is green, the “enterability” of the other direction vehicle is “entry permitted”.
  • the priority of the destination vehicle and the priority of the other direction vehicle are selected based on the traveling direction and the priority data of the destination vehicle and the other direction vehicle.
  • the processing control unit 31 creates the individual vehicle information of the relevant vehicle, and transmits the created individual vehicle information to the roadside communication device 2 that is communicating with the destination vehicle 1.
  • the processing / control device 23 of the roadside communication device 2 receives the individual vehicle information from the roadside processing device 3, the processing / control device 23 stores the received individual vehicle information in the individual slot of the frame shown in FIG. Send within the zone.
  • the individual slot in which the individual vehicle information is stored is the individual slot of the channel assigned to the destination vehicle.
  • the individual vehicle information has own vehicle information and other direction vehicle information.
  • the own vehicle information includes the roadside communication device number of the roadside communication device 2 that transmits the individual vehicle information, the vehicle number of the destination vehicle, the traveling direction, the traveling stop, whether or not to enter, and the priority. Since the other direction vehicle information is three-way vehicle information in the present embodiment, it is composed of three other direction vehicle information.
  • the head of the three other-direction vehicle information is the vehicle information in the direction (R12 direction) opposite to the approach direction of the destination vehicle (for example, the R11 direction).
  • the following is the vehicle information in the direction of entry from the left with respect to the direction of entry of the destination vehicle (R21 direction).
  • the last one is entry from the right with respect to the direction of entry of the destination vehicle.
  • This is the vehicle information of the direction in which the vehicle moves (R22 direction).
  • the on-board device 10 can know the positional relationship between the own vehicle 1 and the other vehicle. .
  • step S5 When receiving the individual vehicle information from the roadside communication device 2, the onboard device 10 Processing of separate vehicle information is performed (step S5).
  • Figure 17 is a flowchart showing the detailed flow of processing individual vehicle information.
  • the Z control unit 15 determines whether the received individual vehicle information is usable information (steps S31 to S33). This determination determines whether the received individual vehicle information is from the roadside communication device 2 that transmitted the vehicle information in step S4, (step S31), and whether the received individual vehicle information is Whether the force is for the own vehicle, (Step S32), and whether the own vehicle's traveling direction is the same as the traveling direction when the vehicle information was transmitted in Step S4 (Step S33) It is performed by judging.
  • step S31 is made by comparing the roadside communication device number included in the own vehicle information of the received individual vehicle information with the roadside communication device number stored in the storage unit 16. If the two roadside communication numbers are the same, the received individual vehicle information is from the roadside communication device 2 to which the vehicle information was transmitted in step S4.
  • the determination in step S32 is made by comparing the vehicle number included in the own vehicle information of the received individual vehicle information with the vehicle number stored in the storage unit 16. If the vehicle numbers are the same, the received individual vehicle information is for the own vehicle.
  • the determination in step S33 is performed by comparing the traveling direction included in the own vehicle information of the received individual vehicle information with the current traveling direction of the own vehicle. The current traveling direction of the vehicle is determined by the presence or absence of blinking of the win force 18, as described above.
  • the processing Z control unit 15 includes the individual vehicle information in the own vehicle information of the individual vehicle information. Attention, warning, braking, etc. are performed based on the entry availability data and priority data.
  • the processing control unit 15 sets Can be braked, and the driver can be warned or warned (eg, "Brake on.”).
  • Caution Warning The display can be performed by both or one of display by the display unit 13 and voice notification by the speaker unit 14. Attention / warning can also be issued by appealing to the driver's tactile sensation. For example, a caution warning can be issued by vibrating a part of the vehicle 1 that is in contact with the driver's body so as not to hinder driving.
  • two predetermined thresholds are set, and if the speed of the vehicle 1 is equal to or higher than the large threshold, braking is applied, and if the speed of the vehicle 1 is less than the small threshold and equal to or greater than the small threshold, a warning can be issued.
  • braking, warning, etc. can be performed taking into account the position of the host vehicle at the intersection X in addition to the speed.
  • the position of the vehicle at intersection X can be obtained based on the reception level of the radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 and the reception level function. That is, the processing Z control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 can obtain the relative position of the own vehicle in the zone based on the reception level and the reception level function. Since the area of the zone at the intersection X is known in advance, the processing control unit 15 determines the position (absolute position) of the own vehicle at the intersection X from the relative position within the zone. You can ask.
  • the processing Z control unit 15 provides the information based on the other vehicle information included in the individual vehicle information to the driver (step S35). For example, if the approach direction of the own vehicle is R11 and the traveling direction is straight ahead, there is a vehicle whose approach direction is the opposite R12 direction and the traveling direction is right turn. In such a case, the driver can be provided with information (caution) such as "There is a right-turning vehicle. Be careful with right-turning vehicles.” In addition, when the own vehicle has no priority, information such as “there is a priority vehicle” can be provided to the driver. Such information can also be obtained by using the display unit 13 and / or the speaker unit 14 or by appealing to the sense of touch.
  • step S36 the on-board device 10 can determine the driver's information based on accurate host vehicle information and other vehicle information. Can provide appropriate information.
  • FIG. 17 A part of the processing flow shown in FIG. 17 can be changed as shown in FIG.
  • Fig. 18 the same processes as those in Fig. 17 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
  • step S33 even if the traveling direction included in the own vehicle information is not the same as the current traveling direction of the own vehicle (N in step S33), it is included in the individual vehicle information.
  • the other vehicle information is used, and the other vehicle information is provided to the driver (step S37).
  • the other points are the same as in Fig. 17.
  • the processing / control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 determines whether or not the radio wave received from the roadside communication device 2 has been interrupted. Disconnect (step S6). This determination is made based on whether or not the reception level from the roadside communication device 2 is lower than a recognizable level (that is, whether or not reception cannot be detected). If it becomes lower than the recognizable level, it is determined that the radio wave has been cut off.
  • the vehicle-mounted device 10 repeats the processing of steps S2 to S5 again.
  • new own vehicle information is transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10 to the roadside communication device 2 and the roadside processing device 3, and updated individual vehicle information based on the new vehicle information is transmitted to the vehicle-mounted device 10. .
  • the cycle of this repetition depends on the processing speed of the processing / controllers 15, 23, and 31, the communication speed between these devices, the number of vehicles 1, and other factors. Thus, it is generally several milliseconds. Therefore, the individual vehicle information is updated almost in real time and transmitted to the vehicle-mounted device 10 of each vehicle 1. As a result, the status of the vehicle at the intersection X is notified to the roadside device (roadside communication device 2 and roadside processing device 3) almost in real time, and the vehicle 1 is also notified almost in real time.
  • the information is provided to the vehicle 1 not only before entering the intersection X, but also after entering, so that the driver is not required to enter the intersection before entering or leaving the intersection. You can know the status of the vehicle. As a result, traffic accidents can be prevented even more effectively.
  • step S6 the processing / control unit 15 It is determined whether a radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 that controls another zone is detected (step S7). For example, if the vehicle 1 makes a right turn from the R11 direction, the processing control unit 15 will detect radio waves from the roadside communication device 2b that controls the zone 5b after turning right (see Fig. 1). ).
  • step S7 If a radio wave in another zone is detected (Y in step S7), the vehicle-mounted device 10 repeats the processes in steps S2 to S5 with the roadside communication device 2 in charge of the other zone. . On the other hand, if the radio waves of other zones are not detected ( ⁇ in step S7), vehicle 1 has left intersection X, and the processing in the intersection system ends.
  • the processing / control unit 23 of the roadside communication device 2 executes the process when the radio wave from the vehicle-mounted device 1 is interrupted (that is, when the vehicle information by the processing in step S4 is not transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10 for a certain period of time or longer). In step S15, it is determined that communication with the in-vehicle device 10 has been completed. Then, the processing / "control unit 23 transmits the vehicle number of the vehicle-mounted device 10 and the time at which the communication is determined to be ended to the roadside processing device 3 (step S15).
  • the processing / control unit 31 of the roadside processing device 3 registers the received time in the communication end time of the vehicle status data corresponding to the received vehicle number (Step S). 2 7).
  • the information of the vehicle captured by the other roadside communication device 2 is provided to each vehicle 1 (in-vehicle device 10). Can be provided.
  • the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast is also transmitted to each vehicle 1. Therefore, the driver can be informed of the information of the vehicle in the other direction by the broadcast other-direction vehicle information.
  • the radio section 12 of the on-board device 10 has only a receiving function and no transmitting function, such a vehicle cannot transmit its own vehicle information, and therefore the individual vehicle information is also not available. Not received.
  • information on vehicles in other directions can be provided to such vehicles.
  • the information on whether or not to enter based on the status of the traffic lights 7a to 7d may be omitted from the individual vehicle information.
  • the signal received by the on-vehicle device 10 is not the other-directional vehicle information for broadcasting, but the individual vehicle information to be transmitted to another vehicle, depending on the situation of the intersection X at that time. It may be a signal to carry.
  • the other-directional vehicle information for broadcasting can be transmitted when the status of the intersection X changes, rather than at fixed time intervals.
  • the on-vehicle device 10 determines the speed of the vehicle 1 based on the value of the speed meter 17, but the roadside communication device 2 can also determine the speed of the vehicle 1.
  • the storage unit 25 of the roadside communication device 2 stores a reception level function in advance.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 transmits the own vehicle information including the reception level every frame (at approximately 5 ms intervals at a communication speed of 4 M [bps]).
  • the processing / control unit 23 receives the reception level included in the own vehicle information and the reception level function stored in the storage unit 25.
  • the position of vehicle 1 is determined based on Then, the processing Z control unit 23 obtains the speed of the vehicle 1 by dividing the change in position for each frame by the time required for the change (for example, about 5 ms).
  • the roadside communication device 2 can determine whether the vehicle 1 has stopped traveling Z based on the presence or absence of a change in the reception level or the speed.
  • the present invention can be similarly applied to a force S describing an intersection system applied to a left-hand traffic road, and a right-hand traffic road.
  • the present invention can be similarly applied to intersections of T-shaped roads, intersections where three or more roads intersect, and the like. The same applies to the embodiments described below.
  • the position of the own vehicle at the intersection X can be added to the own vehicle information (see Fig. 16) in the first embodiment, or replaced by the reception level.
  • the position of the own vehicle at the intersection X is obtained by the processing control unit 15 based on the reception level of the electric wave from the roadside communication device 2 and the reception level function.
  • the “position” data of each vehicle is added to the vehicle situation data shown in Fig. 7.
  • “position” data may be included in at least one of the omnidirectional vehicle information, the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast communication, and the individual vehicle information.
  • the new priority data shown in Fig. 9 can be added, and the priority can be determined based on these two priority data.
  • Fig. 19 shows priority data when road R1 shown in Fig. 20 (plan view of the intersection) is a priority road with respect to road R2.
  • the meaning of each column of the priority data in Fig. 19 is the same as that shown in Fig. 11.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection Y of a T-shaped road where two roads R1 and R3 intersect at a substantially right angle.
  • the same components as those in the first embodiment (FIG. 1) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • Road R3 is a one-way road in the direction of approach to intersection Y (left to right in the figure). In other words, entry from the road R1 to the road R3 via the intersection Y is prohibited. Traffic light 7e regulates the entry and passage of vehicles from one-way road R3 to intersection Y.
  • a roadside device of an intersection system (a crossroads intersection system) according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention is installed.
  • This roadside device has roadside communication devices 2 a, 2 c, 2 e, and 2 f, and a roadside processing device 3.
  • the roadside communication device 2a controls the zone 5a
  • the roadside communication device 2c controls the zone 5c
  • the roadside communication device 2 e has control of the zone 5 e
  • the roadside communication device 2 f has control of the zone 5 f.
  • zones 5e and 5i, Road R3, Intersection Y and within Intersection Y Region are set in the width direction in a region having almost the same width as the road R3 or a width slightly narrower (several tens of centimeters narrower).
  • the zones 5b and 5e partially overlap each other in the width direction and do not partially overlap with each other, but all may overlap.
  • the roadside communication device 2e like the roadside communication devices 2a and 2c, transmits the communication request from the vehicle 1 and the traffic request transmitted from the entrance side of the intersection Y in the direction of the intersection Y in the zone 5e. In addition to receiving the vehicle information, it transmits the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast communication and individual vehicle information from the intersection Y side to the approach side in zone 5e.
  • the roadside communication device 2f transmits the entry prohibition information into the zone 5f at predetermined time intervals (for example, several milliseconds to several tens of milliseconds), and from the entrance side of the intersection Y to the inside of the intersection Y. I do.
  • This entry prohibition information is stored in the broadcast slot (see Fig. 15) and transmitted so that all vehicles 1 in zone 5f receive it.
  • the processing / control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 drives the vehicle by means of the display on the display unit 13, the sound from the speaker unit 14, and the means of appealing to the driver's tactile sensation. To that effect. As a result, even if the driver overlooks the no-go sign and tries to enter the no-go road R3, this can be prevented beforehand.
  • the signal state entry permission / inhibition correspondence data can be as shown in Fig. 22 as an example. Then, the roadside processing device 3 performs the “straight ahead permission”, the “straight ahead caution”, Select “Do not turn left,” etc., and send it in the individual vehicle information (and omnidirectional vehicle information).
  • intersection system A system similar to the above-mentioned intersection system (hereinafter referred to as the “crosswalk system”) is provided at the pedestrian crossing to notify the driver of vehicle 1 that a pedestrian is walking on the pedestrian crossing. it can.
  • Figure 23 is a perspective view showing a crosswalk equipped with a crosswalk system.
  • Pedestrian crossing W1 is provided on road R4.
  • This pedestrian crossing system has roadside communication devices 2 s and 2 t and a roadside processing device 3 as roadside devices.
  • the roadside communication device 2s has a zone 5s including at least the area of the crosswalk W1 as a communication area.
  • the roadside communication device 2 t connects the vehicle 1 (not shown in FIG. 23) to the pedestrian crossing on the road R 4 where the pedestrian crossing W 1 is installed (and another road (not shown) connected to the pedestrian crossing W 1) In the communication area, there is a zone on the side where the vehicle enters.
  • the pedestrian 100 carries a pedestrian portable device 100a, which is almost the same device as the in-vehicle device 10.
  • the storage unit (not shown) of the pedestrian portable device 10a stores, as identification information, information indicating that the device is carried by a pedestrian.
  • the pedestrian portable device 10a transmits its identification information at fixed time intervals or in response to reception of radio waves from the roadside communication device 2s. Therefore, while the pedestrian 100 is crossing the pedestrian crossing W1, the identification information transmitted from the pedestrian portable device 100a is received by the roadside communication device 2s.
  • the roadside communication device 2 s When receiving the identification information, the roadside communication device 2 s transmits the identification information to the roadside processing device 3.
  • the roadside processing device 3 determines that the pedestrian is crossing the pedestrian crossing W1 based on the identification information transmitted from the roadside communication device 2s, and the pedestrian is crossing the pedestrian crossing W1.
  • Information indicating that there is (pedestrian crossing information) is transmitted to the roadside communication device 2t.
  • the roadside communication device 2t transmits the pedestrian crossing information transmitted from the roadside processing device 3 to the zone under its control.
  • the vehicle 1 in the zone under the jurisdiction of the roadside communication device 2t receives this pedestrian crossing information and crosses the pedestrian crossing where the pedestrian is located in front. Notify the driver that he is disconnected.
  • the driver of vehicle 1 can know in advance that a pedestrian is crossing pedestrian crossing W1, and can prevent a traffic accident at the pedestrian crossing.
  • the vehicle information (or the existence of the vehicle) transmitted from the roadside communication device 2 t to the roadside processing device 3 can be transmitted to the pedestrian portable device 10 a via the roadside communication device 2 s. . Then, the pedestrian portable device 10a can also notify the pedestrian 100 by sound, voice, or the like that the vehicle is approaching the pedestrian crossing W1.
  • the roadside processors 3 installed at multiple intersections can be connected to one or more information collectors, and the vehicle status data of each roadside processor 3 can be centrally managed by the information collectors. .
  • the roadside processor 3 can also count the number of vehicles that have passed through the intersection X and send only the number to the information collection device. As a result, the traffic volume at each intersection can be collected.
  • the roadside processing devices 3 installed at multiple intersections can be connected by a communication line (wired or wireless), and information on traffic accidents occurring at each intersection can be reported to each other between the roadside processing devices 3.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 is an airbag activation sensor (not shown) for detecting that an airbag (not shown) provided in the vehicle 1 has been activated, or a driver, passenger or the like. It has a traffic accident notification switch (not shown) that can be operated by the operator. This airbag activation sensor or traffic accident notification switch is connected to the processing / control unit 15.
  • the vehicle information (individual slot) or the communication request slot (see Fig. 16) transmitted from the on-board device 10 to the roadside communication device 2 contains an area that stores the presence or absence of a traffic accident (see Fig. 16). (Hereinafter referred to as “accident area”). Also, an accident occurrence area (not shown) is provided in the other-way vehicle information for broadcast communication (broadcast slot: see Fig. 15) transmitted from the roadside communication device 2 to the vehicle-mounted device 10. Similarly, the information communicated between the roadside communication device 2 and the roadside processing device 3 also has an accident occurrence area. You.
  • the airbag activation sensor detects the activation of the airbag and processes / controls the signal (activation signal) indicating that the airbag was activated.
  • a signal (operation signal) indicating that the switch has been operated is given to the processing control unit 15.
  • the processing / control unit 15 When the processing / control unit 15 receives the operation signal from the airbag operation sensor or the operation signal from the traffic accident notification switch, the accident occurs in the accident area of the own vehicle information or the communication request slot. The presence is stored and transmitted to the roadside communication device 2.
  • the roadside communication device 2 transmits the received information indicating the occurrence of the accident to the roadside processing device 3.
  • the roadside processing device 3 transmits the received information indicating the occurrence of the accident to the other roadside communication devices 2 and the roadside processing devices 3 installed at other intersections.
  • the other roadside communication device 2 stores information on the occurrence of an accident in the broadcast slot and transmits it to the zone under its control.
  • the roadside processing device 3 installed at another intersection transmits to the roadside communication device 2 connected to itself, and the roadside communication device 2 stores the information indicating that an accident has occurred in the broadcast slot. To be sent within the zone.
  • the in-vehicle device 10 existing in the zone receives the information indicating that an accident has occurred, and informs the driver to that effect.
  • a vehicle (driver) existing in a zone of another intersection can be notified of a traffic accident occurring at a certain intersection.
  • Each of the zones 5a to 5d in the first embodiment can be divided into a plurality of areas, and these areas can be controlled by a plurality of roadside communication devices.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection X where two roads R 1 and R 2 intersect at a substantially right angle, similarly to the first embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the same components as those of the first embodiment (see FIG. 1) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the traffic signals are not shown for simplicity and clarity.
  • the roadside device of the intersection system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention is installed. This roadside device has a roadside communication device 20 a to 20 h and a roadside processing device 3.
  • Each of the roadside communication devices 20a to 20h has the same configuration as the roadside communication devices 2a to 2c of the first embodiment shown in FIG. Communicate with On the other hand, the roadside communication devices 20a to 20h control the zones 50a to 50h, respectively, and the area and size of the controlled zones are different from those of the first embodiment. I have.
  • Zones 50a and 50b are obtained by dividing zone 5a shown in Fig. 1 into two in the R11 direction.
  • Zone 50a is set in an area where the entry of vehicle 1 into intersection X can be detected.
  • zone 50a is about 10 to 20 meters from the entrance of the intersection in the direction R11 of one-sided road R11 toward the entrance of vehicles on one-sided road R11 (upstream of the road). It is set to the area from the position of to the position where it partially enters the intersection X.
  • Zone 5 Ob (shown by hatching in Fig. 24) covers the area within intersection X and the area from the exit to several meters (about 1 to 3 meters) from the exit to the exit of the vehicle (downstream of the road). Is set. There is an overlap between zones 50a and 50b so that communication is not interrupted.
  • zone 50c and zone 50d have zone 5b in the R21 direction
  • zones 50e and 50f have zone 5c in the R12 direction
  • h is the zone 5d divided into two in the R22 direction.
  • FIG. 25 is a sequence diagram showing the processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device 10, the roadside communication devices 20 a to 20 h, and the roadside processing device 3.
  • the same processes as those in the sequence diagram of FIG. 13 in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the vehicle-mounted device 10 first detects the radio wave of the roadside communication device 20a (Y in step S1). When detecting the radio wave from the roadside communication device 20a, the in-vehicle device 10 transmits a communication request as in the first embodiment. As in the first embodiment, when the roadside communication device 20a receives a communication request from the vehicle-mounted device 10 (Y in step S12), the roadside communication device 20a registers the vehicle, and stores the channel number in the vehicle-mounted device 10 and the roadside communication device. The vehicle information (vehicle number, vehicle ID, communication start time) is sent to the processing unit 3 (step S13).
  • the in-vehicle device 10 After receiving the channel number from the roadside communication device 20a, the in-vehicle device 10 detects the reception level of the radio wave from the roadside communication device 20a (step S41). Then, the on-board device 10 includes the detected reception level in the own vehicle information and transmits it to the roadside communication device 20a through the individual slot indicated by the channel number (step S42). This is different from the first embodiment (steps S2 and S3 in Fig. 13) in which speed detection, traveling direction detection, and traveling stop determination are performed. Therefore, the vehicle information includes only the vehicle number (and vehicle ID) and the reception level among those shown in Fig. 16.
  • the detection of these reception levels and the vehicle information are transmitted in each frame when a channel (individual slot) for that vehicle is assigned to each frame. For example, if the communication speed between the on-vehicle device 10 and the roadside communication device 20 is 4 M [bps], one frame is transmitted at approximately 5 ms intervals, and transmission is performed at approximately 5 ms intervals. Will be
  • the roadside communication device 20a (processing control unit 23) has a reception level function shown in FIG. 3B in its storage unit 25, and based on this reception level function and the reception level transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10, Then, the position of vehicle 1 (the absolute position at intersection X) is determined (step S51).
  • the roadside communication device 20a determines whether the vehicle 1 is running or stopped based on the reception level (step S52). That is, when there is a change between a plurality of (for example, two) reception levels transmitted for each frame, the roadside communication device 20a determines that the vehicle 1 is running and changes between the reception levels. If there is no vehicle, it is determined that vehicle 1 is stopped.
  • the roadside communication device 20a determines that the vehicle 1 is running (“running” in step S52), it creates vehicle information and transmits it to the roadside processing device 3. S53).
  • This vehicle information includes the roadside communication device number, vehicle number, running, and vehicle position.
  • the roadside communication device 20a performs the processing of steps S51 to S53 each time it receives own vehicle information (reception level) from the on-vehicle device 10.
  • step S52 when the roadside communication device 20a determines that the vehicle 1 is stopped (“stopped” in step S52), the roadside communication device 20a receives the next own vehicle information from the on-vehicle device 10. Then, the processing from step S51 is repeated again.
  • the roadside processing device 3 When receiving the vehicle information transmitted from the roadside communication device 2a, the roadside processing device 3 obtains the speed and traveling direction of the vehicle 1 based on the vehicle information (step S61).
  • the speed of vehicle 1 is determined by dividing the change in the position of vehicle 1 by the time required for the change.
  • the speed of the vehicle 1 for example, enters zone 50a (starts communication with the roadside communication device 20a) and then leaves zone 50a (ends communication with the roadside communication device 20a). It can also be determined according to the time required until. In other words, since the length of zone 50a is known in advance, it can also be obtained by dividing this length by the required time.
  • the traveling direction of vehicle 1 is determined by taking the trajectory of movement of vehicle 1 between zones (the trajectory of movement between roadside communication devices). For example, if vehicle 1 moves from zone 50a to 5Ob and then to zone 50d, vehicle 1 is determined to be making a right turn. Also, when vehicle 1 moves from zone 50a to 50h, it is determined that the traveling direction of vehicle 1 is a left turn.
  • the roadside processing device 3 registers the speed and the traveling direction of the vehicle 1 in the vehicle status data (step S62), selects the relevant other-direction vehicle information (step S63), and individually identifies the relevant vehicle.
  • the vehicle information is created and transmitted (step S64). Subsequent processing is the same as in the first embodiment (FIG. 13).
  • one zone is divided into two, but it can be divided into three or more.
  • intersection system described so far can also be applied to railroad crossings.
  • Figure 26 is a plan view of the railroad crossing Z at the intersection of the railway track P and the road R on which vehicles pass, and the surrounding area.
  • the track P may be a single track or a double track.
  • Road R is a two-way road in this embodiment.
  • This level crossing Z is provided with a level crossing notification system that applies the intersection system to railroad level crossings.
  • This level crossing notification system consists of a communication device for entry detection 101a and 101b, a communication device for passage detection 102a and 102b, a roadside processing device 103, a communication device for train communication 1 It has an onboard device (not shown) mounted on a vehicle and a train device (not shown) mounted on a train.
  • the entry detection communication devices 102a and 102b, the passage detection communication devices 102a and 102b, and the train communication devices 104a and 104b It has the same configuration as the roadside communication device 2 (see FIG. 4) in the embodiment.
  • the roadside processing device 103 has substantially the same configuration as the roadside processing device 3 (see FIG. 5) in the first embodiment except that signals from the traffic signals 7a to 7d are not input.
  • the in-vehicle device and the train device have the same configuration as the in-vehicle device 10 (see FIG. 2) in the first
  • the entry detection communication device 102a has a zone (entry zone) 202a that can detect that the vehicle has entered the crossing Z as a wireless (eg, DSRC) communication area. Detects vehicles entering the approach zone 202a from above.
  • the entry detection communication device 102b has an entry zone 202b that can detect that the vehicle has entered the crossing Z as a wireless communication area, and enters from the top to the bottom in the drawing. A vehicle entering the area 202b is detected. Vehicle detection is performed by the approach detection communication devices 102a and 102b communicating with the vehicle-mounted device, as in the above-described embodiments.
  • the entry zones 202a and 202b are set in the same region, but differ if the region is capable of appropriately detecting the vehicle entering the crossing Z. Set in the area It may be.
  • the intrusion detection communication devices 102a and 102b are connected to the roadside processing device 103 via a communication line (wired or wireless).
  • a communication line wireless or wireless.
  • the entry detecting communication devices 102 a and 102 b detect the entry of the vehicle into the entry areas 202 a and 202 b, respectively, the vehicle numbers (and vehicle IDs) of the entered vehicles are detected. ), And that the vehicle having the vehicle number has entered is reported (transmitted) to the roadside processing device 103.
  • the entry detection communication devices 102 a and 102 b operate in conjunction with a not-shown crossing alarm or crossing breaker (not shown) to sound an alarm from the crossing alarm or to lower the crossing breaker.
  • the information that the train is approaching the railroad crossing z is sent to the respective approach zones 201a and 201b (vehicle-mounted equipment).
  • the passage detection communication device 101a has a zone (passing zone) 20la on the road R where the vehicle can detect that the vehicle has passed the takeoff Z as a wireless (eg, DSRC) communication area. A vehicle that has entered the passing zone 202a from the bottom up is detected. Similarly, the passage detection communication device 101b has, as a wireless communication area, a passage zone 201b that can detect that the vehicle has passed the takeoff Z on the road R. Detects vehicles that have entered the passing zone 202b downward.
  • the passage detection communication devices 101a and 101b are connected to the roadside processing device 103 by communication lines (wired or wireless), respectively. Then, when the passage detecting communication devices 101a and 101b detect that the vehicle has entered each of the passing zones 2Ola and 201b, the vehicle numbers (and vehicle IDs) of the vehicles that have entered the vehicle are detected. , And that the vehicle having the vehicle number has entered is reported (transmitted) to the roadside processor 103.
  • the communication device for train communication 104 a has a communication zone 204 a provided on the track P in front of the approach to the crossing Z of the train.
  • the communication device for train communication 104 a detects a train traveling from left to right in the drawing, and the train device of the train in the communication zone 204 a enters the entry zone 200 for the take-off Z. a (202b) is notified (transmitted) of vehicle entry information indicating that a vehicle is present.
  • the communication device for train communication 104b has a communication zone 204b provided on the track P in front of the approach direction to the crossing Z of the train.
  • the communication device for train communication 104b detects a train running from right to left in the drawing, and the train device of the train in the communication zone 204b is connected to the entrance zone of the railroad crossing Z 20 2a (20 2 b) Notify (send) that the vehicle exists.
  • Communication zones 204a and 204b reach takeoff Z when the train that has been notified that vehicles are present in approach zone 202a (202b) brakes after receiving the notification. It is set in an area where it can be safely stopped before starting.
  • the roadside processing device 103 When receiving the vehicle number (vehicle ID) and the vehicle's entry from the entry detection communication device 102a (102b), the roadside processing device 103 registers this vehicle number in the vehicle status data. Then, the roadside processing device 103 sends the vehicle entry information to the train communication devices 104a and 104b.
  • the train communication devices 104a and 104b start transmitting vehicle entry information to their respective communication zones 204a and 204b.
  • the transmission of the vehicle entry information is continued until the vehicle passage information described later is received.
  • the roadside processing device 103 When the roadside processing device 103 receives the vehicle number and the vehicle's entry from the passage detection communication device 1 O la (101b), the vehicle with the registered vehicle number has already passed the crossing. Is registered in the vehicle status data. Thus, the vehicle status data includes the vehicle number (and vehicle ID) and data indicating whether the vehicle has passed (passed data). Then, the roadside processing device 103 transmits information that the vehicle has passed the railroad crossing Z (vehicle passing information) to the train communication devices 104a and 104b.
  • the train communication devices 104a and 104b stop transmitting vehicle entry information to the respective communication zones 204a and 204b.
  • the vehicle entry information is stored in the communication devices for train communication 104a and 104b for the number received from the roadside processing device 3, and is deleted one by one as the vehicle passage information is received. It has become.
  • the train communication devices 104a and 104b continue to transmit the vehicle entry information to the communication zones 204a and 204b, respectively, as long as at least one vehicle entry information is stored. When all of the stored vehicle entry information is erased to zero, the train communication devices 104a and 104b stop transmitting the vehicle entry information to the communication zones 204a and 204b.
  • the train driver knows that there is a vehicle at railroad crossing Z and can perform operations such as deceleration and stopping. As a result, an accident at level crossing Z can be prevented.
  • the following communication method can be executed. That is, when the roadside processing device 103 receives a train entry from the train communication device 104a (104b), the roadside processing device 103 determines whether or not there is a vehicle that has not passed the takeoff Z at this reception. Search in vehicle status data. In other words, the roadside communication device 103 searches the vehicle status data to see if any of the passed data is not registered as passed.
  • the roadside processing device 3 sends the information that the vehicle that has not passed the railroad crossing exists through the train communication device 104a (104b). To the train (train equipment) in the communication zone 204a (204b).
  • the train driver knows that there is a vehicle at railroad crossing Z and can perform operations such as deceleration and stopping. As a result, an accident at level crossing Z can be prevented.
  • the entry detection communication device 102a (102b) is a train communication device.
  • the train approach information When the train approach information is received via 4a (104b) and the roadside processor 3, the train approach information can be transmitted to the approach zone 202a (202b).
  • the passage detection communication device 1 Ola (101b)
  • the present embodiment can be applied to a pedestrian who carries a device similar to an in-vehicle device.
  • the information of other vehicles in an intersection can be notified to the driver of each vehicle, and the traffic accident in an intersection can be prevented beforehand. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to notify each vehicle of the information on the vehicle at the intersection almost in real time. In addition, the information to be notified can be minimized. Furthermore, according to the present invention, accidents at pedestrian crossings or crossings can be prevented.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Atmospheric Sciences (AREA)
  • Traffic Control Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

An intersection system comprises on-vehicle devices provided in vehicles and road-side devices provided near intersections where two or more roads cross and adapted to communicate with on-vehicle devices by radio and to transmit vehicle information on other vehicles to the on-vehicle devices of the vehicles near each intersection. The on-vehicle device of each vehicle creates vehicle information on the vehicle including information on the identification of the vehicle and information on the direction in which the vehicle travels, transmits the created vehicle information to the road-side device near the intersection by radio communication, receives vehicle information on other vehicles transmitted from the road-side device, and lets the driver of the vehicle to know at least the presence of the other vehicles on the basis of the vehicle information on the other vehicles received by a receiving unit of the vehicle.

Description

明細書 交差点システムおよび交差点システムにおける車両情報通信方法 技術分野  TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to an intersection system and a vehicle information communication method in the intersection system.
本発明は, 車両に設けられる車載装置と, 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近 に設けられ, 車載装置と無線により通信して, 各車両の車載装置に他車両の車両 情報を送信する路側装置とを備えている交差点システムに関する。  The present invention relates to a vehicle-mounted device provided in a vehicle, and a road-side device provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect, wirelessly communicating with the vehicle-mounted device and transmitting vehicle information of another vehicle to the vehicle-mounted device of each vehicle. And an intersection system comprising:
また, 本発明は, このような交差点システムにおける車両情報通信方法に関す る。  The present invention also relates to a vehicle information communication method in such an intersection system.
さらに, 本発明は, 交差点システムにおける路側装置およぴ車载装置, ならび に, それらの車両情報通信方法に関する。  Further, the present invention relates to a roadside device and a vehicle device in an intersection system, and a vehicle information communication method thereof.
またさらに, 本発明は, 交差点システムが応用された横断歩道システムおよび 踏み切り通報システム,ならびに,それらのシステムにおける通信方法に関する。 背景技術  Furthermore, the present invention relates to a pedestrian crossing system and a railroad crossing notification system to which an intersection system is applied, and a communication method in those systems. Background art
複数の道路が交わる交差点において, 車両同士の交通事故あるいは車両と通行 人との交通事故を防止するために, 車両に他の車両や通行人の存在を通知する交 差点システムが提案されている。  In order to prevent traffic accidents between vehicles or between vehicles and pedestrians at intersections where multiple roads intersect, an intersection system has been proposed that notifies vehicles of the presence of other vehicles or pedestrians.
たとえば, センサ (赤外線センサ, 電波センサ等) またはビデオ 'カメラが交 差点およびその近傍に複数個設置され, 通行人または車両の動きを検出する。 そ して, このセンサ等により車両または通行人が検出されると, 車両または通行人 が交差点に接近していることを表す通知 (たとえば 「車両接近中」 等) 力 交差 点付近に設置された表示板または表示灯に表示される。  For example, sensors (infrared sensors, radio wave sensors, etc.) or multiple video cameras are installed at and near the intersection to detect the movement of pedestrians or vehicles. When a vehicle or a pedestrian is detected by this sensor or the like, a notification indicating that the vehicle or pedestrian is approaching the intersection (for example, “vehicle approaching”) is installed near the power intersection. Displayed on the display panel or indicator light.
しかし, このような従来の交差点システムでは, 車両または通行人の動きを検 出するために, 交差点およびその近傍の複数のポイントにセンサをそれぞれ設置 しなければならない。 このため, センサが複数必要となり, また, センサが車両 または通行人を的確に検出できるように,センサの設置場所の確保が問題となる。 また, ビデオ,カメラによる検出では, 画像処理を行い, 車両または通行人が 交差点に接近していることを認識するための画像処理装置が必要となり, コスト が増大する。 However, in such a conventional intersection system, sensors must be installed at the intersection and at several points near it in order to detect the movement of vehicles or pedestrians. For this reason, multiple sensors are required, and the location of the sensors must be secured so that the sensors can accurately detect vehicles or pedestrians. In video and camera detection, image processing is performed and vehicles or passers-by An image processing device for recognizing that the vehicle is approaching an intersection is required, which increases costs.
さらに, 従来の交差点システムは, 車両または通行人が交差点に進入するまで の状況を検知し, その状況を提供するが, 交差点内に進入した後の車両または通 行人の状況をリアルタイムに検出し, 通知するものではない。 このため, 従来の 交差点システムは, 時々刻々と変化する交差点の状況を, 運転者が把握するには 十分ではなかった。  In addition, the conventional intersection system detects the situation before a vehicle or a pedestrian enters the intersection and provides the situation, but detects the situation of the vehicle or pedestrian after entering the intersection in real time. Not a notice. For this reason, the conventional intersection system was not enough for the driver to grasp the situation of the intersection, which is constantly changing.
本発明は, このような背景に鑑みなされたものである。 発明の開示  The present invention has been made in view of such a background. Disclosure of the invention
本発明の第 1の側面によると, 交差点システムは, 車両に設けられる車載装置 と, 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設けられ, 前記車載装置と無線により 通信して, 各車両の前記車載装置に他車両の車両情報を送信する路側装置とを備 えている交差点システムにおいて, 前記車載装置は, 自車両の識別情報および進 行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成する車側処理部と, 前記車側処理部によ り生成された自車両の車両情報を前記路側装置に無線通信により送信する車側送 信部と, 前記路側装置から送信された他車両の車両情報を無線通信により受信す る車側受信部と,前記車側受信部により受信された他車両の車両情報に基づいて, 少なくとも他車両の存在を, 自車両の運転者が視覚, 聴覚, または触覚の少なく とも 1つで知覚できるように該運転者に通知する通知部と, を備え, 前記路側装 置は, 前記 2以上の道路のそれぞれにおける, 前記交差点内の領域と車両の前記 交差点への進入領域とを少なくとも通信領域として有し, 該通信領域に進入した 車両の前記車側送信部から送信された前記車両情報を受信する路側受信部と, 前 記路側受信部により受信された車両情報を記憶する第 1の路側記憶部と, 2つの 車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方の車両に対 して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選択データを 記憶する第 2の路側記憶部と, 他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向 および該他車両の進入方向と,これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 前記第 2の路側記憶部に記憶された前記車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送 信先の車両に対して送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 前記第 1の路側記憶部に記 憶された車両情報から選択する路側処理部と,前記路側処理部により選択された, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる拿両に送信する第 1の路側送信部と, を備 えていることを特徴とする。 According to a first aspect of the present invention, an intersection system is provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect with an in-vehicle device provided in a vehicle, and wirelessly communicates with the in-vehicle device to communicate with the in-vehicle device. In an intersection system including a device and a roadside device for transmitting vehicle information of another vehicle, the vehicle-mounted device includes a vehicle-side processing unit that generates vehicle information of the vehicle, including identification information and a traveling direction of the vehicle. A vehicle-side transmitting unit that transmits the vehicle information of the own vehicle generated by the vehicle-side processing unit to the roadside device by wireless communication; and a wireless communication of the vehicle information of the other vehicle transmitted from the roadside device. Based on the vehicle-side receiving unit received by the vehicle and the vehicle information of the other vehicle received by the vehicle-side receiving unit, the driver of the own vehicle determines at least the presence of the other vehicle by visual, auditory, or tactile sensation. 1 And a notifying unit for notifying the driver so that the vehicle can be perceived by the roadside device, wherein the roadside device includes at least a region within the intersection and a region where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads. A roadside receiving unit for receiving the vehicle information transmitted from the vehicle side transmitting unit of the vehicle entering the communication region, and a first information storing the vehicle information received by the roadside receiving unit; Roadside storage unit and vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection. A second roadside storage unit for storing vehicle information, an approach direction of a vehicle to which vehicle information of another vehicle is transmitted, an approach direction of the other vehicle, each traveling direction included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, 2 roadside Stored in said 憶部 based on the vehicle information selection data, said transmission A roadside processing unit for selecting vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the trusted vehicle from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit, and the other vehicle selected by the roadside processing unit And a first roadside transmission unit for transmitting the vehicle information to the transmission destination.
「交差点」 は, 十字路, T字路その他二以上の道路が交わる場合における当該 二以上の道路の交わる部分をいう。  “Intersection” refers to the intersection of two or more roads, such as a crossroad, a T-junction, or any other intersection of two or more roads.
本発明の第 1の側面によると, 交差点システムの車載装置は, 自車両の識別情 報および進行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成する。 続いて, 車載装置は, 生成した自車両の車両情報を路側装置に無線通信により送信する。 一方, 車载装 置は, 路側装置から他車両の車両情報が送信されると, この他車両の車両情報を 無線通信により受信する。 そして, 車載装置は, 車側受信部により受信された他 車両の車両情報に基づいて,少なくとも他車両の存在を,自車両の運転者が視覚, 聴覚, または触覚の少なくとも 1つで知覚できるように該運転者に通知する。 一方, 交差点システムの路側装置は, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向 および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信 すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選択データを該路側装置が有する路側記憶部に あらかじめ記憶している。 そして, 路側装置は, 2以上の道路のそれぞれにおけ る, 交差点内の領域と車両の交差点への進入領域とを少なくとも通信領域として 有し,該通信領域に進入した車両の車載装置から送信された車両情報を受信する。 続いて, 路側装置は, 受信した車両情報を前記路側記憶部に記憶する。 続いて, 路側装置は, 他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向および該他車両の 進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 路側記憶部に記 憶された車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送信先の車両に対して送信すべき 他車両の車両情報を, 路側記憶部に記憶された車両情報から選択する。 そして, 路側装置は, 選択した, 他車両の車両情報を送信先となる車両に送信する。  According to the first aspect of the present invention, the in-vehicle device of the intersection system generates the vehicle information of the own vehicle including the identification information of the own vehicle and the traveling direction. Next, the in-vehicle device transmits the generated vehicle information of the own vehicle to the roadside device by wireless communication. On the other hand, when the vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted from the roadside device, the vehicle-mounted device receives the vehicle information of the other vehicle by wireless communication. Then, the on-vehicle device enables the driver of the own vehicle to perceive at least one of the presence of the other vehicle visually, audibly, or tactilely based on the vehicle information of the other vehicle received by the vehicle-side receiver. To the driver. On the other hand, the roadside device of the intersection system determines whether or not vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection. The selection data is stored in the roadside storage unit of the roadside device in advance. The roadside device has at least a region within the intersection and a region where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads as a communication region, and is transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device of the vehicle entering the communication region. Received vehicle information. Subsequently, the roadside device stores the received vehicle information in the roadside storage unit. Subsequently, the roadside device stores the approach direction of the vehicle to which the vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the roadside storage unit. Based on the selected vehicle information selection data, vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is selected from vehicle information stored in the roadside storage unit. The roadside device transmits the selected vehicle information of the other vehicle to the destination vehicle.
本発明の第 2の側面によると, 車載装置は, 車両に設けられ, 2以上の道路が 交差する交差点付近に設けられた路側装置と無線により通信する車載装置であつ て, 自車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成する車側 処理部と, 前記車側処理部により生成された自車両の車両情報を前記路側装置に 無線通信により送信する車側送信部と, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向 および各進行方向に基づいて一方の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信す べきかどうかを定めた車両情報選択データと, 前記交差点への該自車両の進入方 向および他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と に基づいて, 前記路側装置により, 該自車両に送信する必要があるものとして選 択された他車両の車両情報を, 前記路側装置から無線通信により受信する車側受 信部と, 前記車側受信部により受信された他車両の車両情報に基づいて, 少なく とも他車両の存在を, 自車両の運転者が視覚, 聴覚, または触覚の少なくとも 1 つで知覚できるように該運転者に通知する通知部と, を備えている。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, an on-vehicle device is provided in a vehicle and communicates wirelessly with a road-side device provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect. A vehicle-side processing unit that generates vehicle information of the own vehicle, including a vehicle direction and a traveling direction; and transmits the vehicle information of the own vehicle generated by the vehicle-side processing unit to the road-side device. A vehicle-side transmission unit that transmits by wireless communication, and whether to transmit vehicle information of the other vehicle to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles to the intersection is determined. The roadside device uses the vehicle information based on the vehicle information selection data, the approach direction of the own vehicle to the intersection, the approach direction of another vehicle, and the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles. A vehicle-side receiving unit that receives the vehicle information of the other vehicle selected as necessary to be transmitted to the roadside device by wireless communication from the roadside device, and a vehicle information of the other vehicle that is received by the vehicle-side receiving unit. And a notifying unit for notifying the driver of at least one of the other vehicles based on at least one of visual, auditory, and tactile sensations based on the presence of the other vehicle.
本発明の第 2の側面によると, 車載装置は, 自車両の識別情報および進行方向 を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成し, 生成した自車両の車両情報を交差点付近に 設けられた路側装置に無線通信により送信する。 続いて, 車載装置は, 2つの車 両の交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて一方の車両に対して他方 の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選択データと, 前記交 差点への該自車両の進入方向および他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情 報に含まれる各進行方向とに基づいて, 路側装置により, 該自車両に送信する必 要があるものとして選択された他車両の車両情報を, 路側装置から無線通信によ り受信する。 このようにして車両情報が通信される。  According to a second aspect of the present invention, an on-vehicle device generates vehicle information of the own vehicle including identification information and a traveling direction of the own vehicle, and generates the vehicle information of the own vehicle on a roadside device provided near an intersection. To be transmitted by wireless communication. Subsequently, the on-board device transmits vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction to the intersection of the two vehicles. Based on the approach direction of the own vehicle and the approach direction of the other vehicle to the intersection, and the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, it is necessary to transmit to the own vehicle by the roadside device. The vehicle information of the other vehicle selected as a vehicle is received from the roadside device by wireless communication. Thus, vehicle information is communicated.
本発明の第 3の側面によると, 路側装置は, 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付 近に設けられ, 車両に設けられた車載装置と無線により通信して, 各車両の前記 車載装置に他車両の車両情報を送信する路側装置であって, 前記 2以上の道路の それぞれにおける, 前記交差点内の領域と車両の前記交差点への進入領域とを少 なくとも通信領域として有し, 該通信領域に進入した車両の前記車載装置から送 信された, 該車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む車両情報を受信する路側受信 部と,前記路側受信部により受信された車両情報を記憶する第 1の路側記憶部と, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方の車 両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選択デ ータを記憶する第 2の路側記憶部と, 他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進 入方向および該他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行 方向と, 前記第 2の路側記憶部に記憶された前記車両情報選択データとに基づい て, 該送信先の車両に対して送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 前記第 1の路側記 憶部に記憶された車両情報から選択する路側処理部と, 前記路側処理部により選 択された, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる車両に送信する路側送信部と, を備えている。 According to a third aspect of the present invention, a roadside device is provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect, communicates wirelessly with an in-vehicle device provided in a vehicle, and communicates with the in-vehicle device in each vehicle. A roadside device for transmitting vehicle information of a vehicle, wherein at least each of the two or more roads has an area within the intersection and an area where the vehicle enters the intersection as a communication area. A roadside receiving unit for receiving vehicle information transmitted from the on-vehicle device of the vehicle entering the vehicle, including identification information and traveling direction of the vehicle, and a first storage unit for storing the vehicle information received by the roadside receiving unit. A roadside storage unit and vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection. Remember That a second roadside storage unit, and the approach direction of advance Ingress direction and said other vehicles of a vehicle to which to send the vehicle information of another vehicle, the progression included in the vehicle information of the vehicle Based on the direction and the vehicle information selection data stored in the second roadside storage unit, vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is stored in the first roadside storage unit. A roadside processing unit that selects from the vehicle information stored in the vehicle, and a roadside transmission unit that transmits vehicle information of another vehicle selected by the roadside processing unit to the destination vehicle.
本発明の第 3の側面によると, 路側装置は, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進 入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報 を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選択データを, 該路側装置に設けられた 第 2の路側記憶部にあらかじめ記憶している。 そして, 路側装置は, これら 2以 上の道路のそれぞれにおける, 交差点内の領域と車両の前記交差点への進入領域 とを少なくとも含む通信領域に進入した車両の車載装置から送信された, 該車両 の識別情報および進行方向を含む車両情報を受信する。 続いて, 路側装置は, 受 信した車両情報を, 該路側装置に設けられた第 1の路側記憶部に記憶する。 続い て, 路側装置は, 他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向および該他車 両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 第 2の路側 記憶部に記憶された車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送信先の車両に対して 送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 第 1の路側記憶部に記憶された車両情報から選 択する。 次に, 路側装置は, 選択した, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる車 両に送信する。 このようにして, 車両情報の通信が行われる。  According to the third aspect of the present invention, the roadside device should transmit vehicle information of one vehicle to another vehicle based on each approach direction and each travel direction of the two vehicles at the intersection. The vehicle information selection data that determines whether or not the vehicle information is stored in advance in a second roadside storage unit provided in the roadside device. Then, the roadside device transmits the vehicle's information transmitted from the on-vehicle device of the vehicle that has entered the communication area including at least the area within the intersection and the area where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads. The vehicle information including the identification information and the traveling direction is received. Subsequently, the roadside device stores the received vehicle information in a first roadside storage unit provided in the roadside device. Subsequently, the roadside device stores the approach direction of the vehicle to which the vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the second roadside memory. The vehicle information of the other vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is selected from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit based on the vehicle information selection data stored in the first unit. Next, the roadside device transmits the selected vehicle information of the other vehicle to the destination vehicle. In this way, communication of vehicle information is performed.
本発明の第 4の側面によると, 横断歩道システムは, 横断歩道を通行する歩行 者が携帯する携帯装置と, 前記横断歩道付近に設けられた路側装置と, 車両に搭 載された車載装置とを備えている横断歩道システムであって, 前記携帯装置は, 歩行者の存在を通知する通知信号を無線により送信する携帯側送信部を備え, 前 記路側装置は, 少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該 第 1の通信領域内で前記携帯装置からの通知信号を無線通信により受信する路側 受信部と, 前記横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入する 側の領域を第 2の通信領域として有し, 該第 2の通信領域内の前記車載装置に前 記通知信号を無線通信により送信する路側送信部と, を備え, 前記車載装置は, 前記路側送信部からの通知信号を無線通信により受信する車側受信部を備えてい る。 According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, a pedestrian crossing system includes a portable device carried by a pedestrian who passes through a pedestrian crossing, a roadside device provided near the pedestrian crossing, and an in-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle. A pedestrian crossing system comprising: a mobile-side transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian; and the road-side device includes at least an area of the pedestrian crossing. A roadside receiving unit having a first communication area including a notification signal from the portable device in the first communication area by wireless communication, and a vehicle on the pedestrian crossing on a road crossing the pedestrian crossing. A roadside transmitting unit for transmitting the notification signal by wireless communication to the on-vehicle device in the second communication region, the road-side transmitting unit having a region on the side where the vehicle enters, as a second communication region. , The roadside Equipped with car-side receiving unit that receives a notification signal from the signal portion by the wireless communication You.
本発明の第 4の側面によると, 横断歩道システムの携帯装置は, 歩行者の存在 を通知する通知信号を無線により送信する。  According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the portable device of the pedestrian crossing system wirelessly transmits a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian.
一方, 横断歩道システムの路側装置は, 少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む 第 1の通信領域内で前記携帯装置からの通知信号を無線通信により受信する。 そ して, 路側装置は, 横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入 する側に形成された第 2の通信領域内の車両に搭載された車載装置に通知信号を 無線通信により送信する。 続いて, 車載装置は, 路側装置からの通知信号を無線 通信により受信する。 このようにして, 通信が行われる。  On the other hand, the roadside device of the pedestrian crossing system receives the notification signal from the portable device by wireless communication within a first communication area including at least the pedestrian crossing area. The roadside device transmits, by wireless communication, a notification signal to an in-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle in a second communication area formed on a side where the vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing on a lane crossing the pedestrian crossing. Send. Next, the in-vehicle device receives the notification signal from the roadside device via wireless communication. Communication is performed in this way.
本発明の第 5の側面によると, 路側装置は, 横断歩道付近に設けられた路側装 置であって, 少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該第 1の通信領域内で, 歩行者が携帯する携帯装置から送信される, 歩行者の存在を 通知する通知信号を無線通信により受信する路側受信部と, 前記横断歩道と交差 する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入する側の領域を第 2の通信領域とし て有し, 該第 2の通信領域内で, 車両に搭載された車載装置に前記通知信号を無 線通信により送信する路側送信部と, を備えている。  According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, a roadside device is a roadside device provided near a pedestrian crossing, having a first communication area including at least the pedestrian crossing area, A roadside receiving unit for receiving, by wireless communication, a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian, which is transmitted from a portable device carried by the pedestrian in the area, and a vehicle on the pedestrian crossing in a road crossing the pedestrian crossing A roadside transmitting unit that has an area on the side where the vehicle enters as a second communication area, and in the second communication area, transmits the notification signal by radio communication to an in-vehicle device mounted on the vehicle. Have.
本発明の第 5の側面によると, 横断歩道付近に設けられた路側装置は, 少なく とも横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域内で, 歩行者が携帯する携帯装置から 送信される, 歩行者の存在を通知する通知信号を無線通信により受信する。 続い て, 路側装置は, 横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入す る側に設けられた第 2の通信領域内で, 車両に搭載された車載装置に通知信号を 無線通信により送信する。 このようにして, 通信が行われる。  According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, a roadside device provided near a pedestrian crossing is provided in a first communication area including at least a pedestrian crossing area. A notification signal for notifying the presence of a person is received by wireless communication. Subsequently, the roadside device transmits a notification signal to the on-vehicle device mounted on the vehicle in a second communication area provided on a side of the road crossing the pedestrian crossing where the vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing. Send by Communication is performed in this way.
本発明の第 6の側面によると, 踏み切り通報システムは, 列車が通行する線路 と車両が通行する車道とが交差する踏み切り付近に設けられた路側装置と, 前記 線路の付近に設けられた線路側装置とを備えている踏み切り通報システムであつ て, 前記路側装置は, 前記踏み切りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域を有 し, 該第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検出する第 1の検出部と, 前記踏み切り の領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる領域を第 2の通信領域として有し, 該第 2の通信領域に進入した車両を検出する第 2の検出部と, 前記第 1の検出部 により前記車両が検出されると車両進入情報を前記線路側装置に送信し, 前記第 2の検出部により前記車両が検出されると車両通過情報を前記線路側装置に送信 する路側送信部と, を備え, 前記線路側装置は, 前記路側送信部からの前記車両 進入情報および前記車両通過情報を受信する線路側受信部と, 線路上における, 列車の前記踏み切りへの進入方向前方に設けられた第 3の通信領域を有し, 前記 線路側受信部により車両進入情報が受信されると, 該第 3の通信領域に車両進入 通知の送信を開始し, 前記線路側受信部により車両通過情報が受信されると, 車 両進入通知の送信を停止する車両進入情報送信部と, を備えている。 According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, a railroad crossing notification system comprises: a roadside device provided near a railroad crossing where a railroad through which a train passes and a lane through which vehicles pass; A roadside device comprising: a first communication area including at least the area of the crossing, and a first communication area for detecting a vehicle having entered the first communication area. A detection unit, a second communication region having a region where the vehicle can be confirmed to have passed from the crossing region as a second communication region, and a second detection unit detecting a vehicle entering the second communication region; 1 detector A roadside transmitting unit that transmits vehicle entry information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the vehicle, and transmits vehicle passage information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the second detection unit; A track-side device that receives the vehicle entry information and the vehicle passage information from the road-side transmission unit; and a track-side device that is provided on a track ahead of the train in the direction of approach to the railroad crossing. The vehicle has a third communication area, and when the vehicle-entry information is received by the track-side receiving unit, transmission of a vehicle-entry notification is started in the third communication area. A vehicle entry information transmission unit that stops transmission of a vehicle entry notification when received.
本発明の第 6の側面によると, 踏み切り通報システムにおける路側装置は, 踏 み切りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検出し, 踏み切 りの領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる領域に設けられた第 2の通信領域 に進入した車両を検出する。 そして, 路側装置は, 第 1の通信領域で車両が検出 されると車両進入情報を踏み切り通報システムの線路側装置に送信し, 第 2の通 信領域で車両が検出されると車両通過情報を線路側装置に送信する。  According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the roadside device in the railroad crossing notification system detects a vehicle entering the first communication area including at least the railroad crossing area, and detects that the vehicle has passed from the railroad crossing area. The vehicle that has entered the second communication area provided in the area where the traffic can be confirmed is detected. When a vehicle is detected in the first communication area, the roadside apparatus transmits the vehicle entry information to the trackside apparatus of the crossing notification system, and when a vehicle is detected in the second communication area, the roadside apparatus transmits the vehicle passage information. Transmit to the trackside device.
一方, 踏み切り通報システムの線路側装置は, 路側装置からの車両進入情報お よび車両通過情報を受信する。 そして, 線路側装置は, 車両進入情報を受信する と, 線路上における, 列車の前記踏み切りへの進入方向前方に設けられた第 3の 通信領域に車両進入通知の送信を開始し, 車両通過情報を受信すると, 車両進入 通知の送信を停止する。  On the other hand, the trackside device of the railroad crossing notification system receives vehicle entry information and vehicle passage information from the roadside device. Then, upon receiving the vehicle entry information, the track side device starts transmitting a vehicle entry notification to a third communication area provided on the track ahead of the train in the direction of approach to the crossing, and receives the vehicle passage information. When the is received, transmission of the vehicle entry notification is stopped.
本発明の第 7の側面によると, 路側装置は, 列車が通行する線路と車両が通行 する車道とが交差する踏み切りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検出する第 1の検出部と, 前記踏み切りの領 域から車両が通過したことを確認できる領域を第 2の通信領域として有し, 該第 2の通信領域に進入した車両を検出する第 2の検出部と, 前記第 1の検出部によ り前記車両が検出されると車両進入情報を, 前記踏み切りへの車両の進入を列車 に通報する線路側装置に送信し, 前記第 2の検出部により前記車両が検出される と車両通過情報を前記線路側装置に送信する路側送信部と, を備えている。 本発明の第 7の側面によると, 列車が通行する線路と車両が通行する車道とが 交差する踏み切りにおける車両の進入および通過を通報する路側装置は, 踏み切 りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検出するとともに, 踏み切りの領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる第 2の通信領域に進入した 車両を検出する。 そして, 路側装置は, 第 1の通信領域に車両が検出されると車 両進入情報を, 踏み切りへの車両の進入を列車に通報する線路側装置に送信し, 第 2の通信領域に車両が検出されると車両通過情報を線路側装置に送信する。 図面の簡単な説明 According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, a roadside device has a first communication area including at least a crossing area where a track on which a train passes and a road on which a vehicle passes intersects, A first detection unit that detects a vehicle that has entered the vehicle, and a second communication region that includes a region where it is possible to confirm that the vehicle has passed from the crossing region, and that the vehicle that has entered the second communication region. A second detection unit for detecting, and when the vehicle is detected by the first detection unit, transmitting vehicle entry information to a track side device for notifying a train of entry of the vehicle to the railroad crossing; And a roadside transmission unit that transmits vehicle passage information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the second detection unit. According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, a roadside device that reports the entry and passage of a vehicle at a railroad crossing at which a railroad where a train passes and a lane where a car passes intersects the railroad crossing. In addition to detecting a vehicle that has entered the first communication area that includes at least the area of the crossing, it detects a vehicle that has entered the second communication area where it can be confirmed that the vehicle has passed from the crossing area. Then, when the vehicle is detected in the first communication area, the roadside device transmits the vehicle entry information to the trackside device that reports the approach of the vehicle to the railroad crossing to the train, and the vehicle enters the second communication area. When detected, the vehicle transmission information is transmitted to the trackside device. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
図 1は, 本発明の第 1の実施の形態を説明するための交差点の平面図である。 図 2は, 車両に搭載される車載装置の構成を示すプロック図である。  FIG. 1 is a plan view of an intersection for explaining a first embodiment of the present invention. Figure 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the vehicle-mounted device mounted on the vehicle.
図 3 Aは, 路側通信装置のアンテナから送信される電波により形成されるゾー ンと, 車両のアンテナとの位置関係を示す側面図である。  Figure 3A is a side view showing the positional relationship between the zone formed by the radio waves transmitted from the antenna of the roadside communication device and the vehicle antenna.
図 3 Bは, 受信レベル■グラフの一例である。  Figure 3B is an example of the reception level graph.
図 4は, 路側通信装置の構成を示すプロック図である。  Figure 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the roadside communication device.
図 5は, 路側処理装置の構成を示すプロック図である。  Figure 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the roadside processing unit.
図 6は, 路側処理装置の記憶部に記憶されるデータ (保持データ) を示す。 図 7 A〜 7 Dは, 各路側通信装置の車両状況データをテーブル形式で示したも のである。  Figure 6 shows the data (held data) stored in the storage unit of the roadside processor. Figures 7A to 7D show the vehicle status data of each roadside communication device in a table format.
図 8 A〜8 Fは, 車両情報選択データをテーブル形式で示したものである。 図 9 A〜9 Fは, 図 8 A〜 8 Fにそれぞれ対応する交差点の状況 (平面図) を 示す。  Figures 8A to 8F show vehicle information selection data in a table format. Figures 9A to 9F show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to Figs. 8A to 8F, respectively.
図 1 0は, 本発明の第 1の実施の形態における信号機状態/進入可否対応デー タをテ一ブル形式で示したものである。  FIG. 10 shows, in the form of a table, traffic light state / access permission data according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
図 1 1 Aおよび 1 1 Bは, 優先//非優先データをテーブル形式で示したもので ある。  Figures 11A and 11B show priority / non-priority data in a table format.
図 1 2 Aおよび 1 2 Bは, 図 1 1 Aおよび 1 1 Bにそれぞれ対応する交差点の 状況 (平面図) を示している。  Figures 12A and 12B show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to Figures 11A and 11B, respectively.
図 1 3は, 本発明の第 1の実施の形態における, 車載装置, 路側通信装置, お よび路側処理装置の処理の流れを示すシーケンス図である。  FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing a processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device, the roadside communication device, and the roadside processing device according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
図 1 4は, 全方向車両情報のデータ構造を示す。 図 1 5は, 各路側通信装置から各管轄ゾーンにそれぞれ送信されるデータ (フ レーム) のデータ構造の一例を示す。 Figure 14 shows the data structure of omnidirectional vehicle information. Figure 15 shows an example of the data structure of data (frames) transmitted from each roadside communication device to each jurisdiction zone.
図 1 6は, 車載装置から路側通信装置に送信されるデータのデータ構造の一例 を示す。  Figure 16 shows an example of the data structure of the data transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device to the roadside communication device.
図 1 7および 1 8は, 個別車両情報の処理の詳細な流れを示すフローチャート である。  Figures 17 and 18 are flowcharts showing the detailed flow of the processing of individual vehicle information.
図 1 9は, 信号機がなく, 優先道路/非優先道路の区別を有する交差点で付加 される優先度データをテーブル形式で示したものである。  Figure 19 shows, in a table format, the priority data added at intersections where there is no traffic light and there is a distinction between priority roads and non-priority roads.
図 2 0は, 図 1 9に対応する交差点の平面図である。  FIG. 20 is a plan view of the intersection corresponding to FIG.
図 2 1は, 本発明の第 4の実施の形態を説明するための T字路の交差点の平面 図 (上面図) である。  FIG. 21 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection of a T-junction for explaining the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
図 2 2は, 本発明の第 4の実施の形態における信号機状態/ Ί1入可否対応デー タをテーブル形式で示したものである。  FIG. 22 shows, in the form of a table, traffic light state / # 1 input availability correspondence data in the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
図 2 3は, 第 5の実施の形態を説明するための, 横断歩道の部分を示す斜視図 である。  FIG. 23 is a perspective view showing a crosswalk for explaining the fifth embodiment.
図 2 4は,本発明の第 8の実施の形態を説明するための交差点の平面図である。 図 2 5は, 本発明の第 8の実施の形態における, 車載装置, 路側通信装置, お よび路側処理装置の処理の流れを示すシーケンス図である。  FIG. 24 is a plan view of an intersection for explaining the eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 25 is a sequence diagram showing a processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device, the roadside communication device, and the roadside processing device according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
図 2 6は, 鉄道の線路と車両が通行する道路とが交差する踏み切りの部分およ びその周辺部を示す平面図である。 発明を実施するための最良の形態  Figure 26 is a plan view showing a railroad crossing where a railway track crosses a road on which vehicles pass, and the surrounding area. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
以下に, 本発明について, いくつかの実施の形態を例に挙げて説明するが, こ れらの実施の形態は例であって, 本発明の技術的範囲は, これらの実施の形態に 限定されるものではない。  Hereinafter, the present invention will be described with reference to some embodiments. However, these embodiments are examples, and the technical scope of the present invention is limited to these embodiments. It is not something to be done.
1 . 第 1の実施の形態  1. First Embodiment
図 1は, 2本の道路 R 1および R 2がほぼ直角に交差する交差点 Xの平面図(上 面図) である。 この交差点 Xには, 本発明の第 1の実施の形態による交差点シス テムが設けられている。 1 . 1 . 交差点システムの構成 Figure 1 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection X where two roads R1 and R2 intersect at a substantially right angle. The intersection X is provided with the intersection system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 1.1. Configuration of intersection system
この交差点 Xは, 2本の道路 R 1および R 2がほぼ直角に交差している。 これ らの道路 R 1および R 2は, 本実施の形態では, センタ ' ライン (または中央分 離帯) L 1および L 2をそれぞれ境界とした左側通行の道路である。  At this intersection X, two roads R 1 and R 2 intersect at almost right angles. In the present embodiment, these roads R1 and R2 are left-hand traffic roads bounded by the center line (or the central demarcation zone) L1 and L2, respectively.
道路 R 1は, 1車線または複数車線の片側道路 R 1 1および R 1 2を有する。 片側道路 R 1 1は図 1において下から上の方向(以下「R 1 1方向」という。)に, 片側道路 R 1 2は図 1において上から下の方向(以下「R 1 2方向」という。)に, それぞれ車両が走行 (通行) する。  Road R1 has one or more lanes of one-sided roads R11 and R12. One-sided road R11 is in the direction from bottom to top in Fig. 1 (hereinafter referred to as "R11 direction"), and one-sided road R12 is in Fig. 1 in the direction from top to bottom (hereinafter referred to as "R12 direction"). ), The vehicle travels (passes).
道路 R 2も同様にして, 1車線または複数車線の片側道路 R 2 1および R 2 2 を有する。 片側道路 R 2 1は図 1において左から右の方向 (以下 「R 2 1方向」 という。) に, 片側道路 R 2 2は図 1において右から左の方向(以下「R 2 2方向」 という。) に, それぞれ車両が走行 (通行) する。  Road R2 also has one-way or multiple-lane one-way roads R21 and R22. One-sided road R 21 is in the left-to-right direction in Fig. 1 (hereinafter referred to as "R21 direction"), and one-sided road R22 is in Fig. 1 in the right-to-left direction (hereinafter referred to as "R22 direction"). ), The vehicle travels (passes).
図 1では, 一例として, 車両 1が片側道路 R 1 1を走行して交差点 Xに進入す る様子が示されている。 車両 1は, 4輪車であってもよいし, 2輪車, 3輪車等 の車両であってもよい。  In FIG. 1, as an example, a state is shown in which vehicle 1 travels on one side road R11 and enters intersection X. Vehicle 1 may be a four-wheeled vehicle, or may be a two-wheeled or three-wheeled vehicle.
また, 交差点 Xには, 信号機 7 a〜7 dが設置されている。 信号機 7 aは, 片 側道路 R l 1の通行 (直進, 左折, および右折) を規制するものである。 同様に して, 信号機 7 bは片側道路 R 2 1の通行を, 信号機 7 cは片側道路 R 1 2の通 行を, 信号機 7 dは片側道路 R 2 2の通行を, それぞれ規制するものである。 これらの信号機 7 a〜7 dは, 路側処理装置 3と有線または無線により接続さ れ (信号線は図示略), 自己の状態 (赤, 黄, または青) を表す信号を, 後に詳述 する路側処理装置 3に送信する。  At intersection X, traffic lights 7a to 7d are installed. Traffic light 7a regulates the traffic (straight, left turn, and right turn) on one-way road R11. Similarly, traffic light 7b regulates traffic on one-way road R21, traffic light 7c regulates traffic on one-way road R12, and traffic light 7d regulates traffic on one-way road R22. is there. These traffic lights 7a to 7d are connected to the roadside processing device 3 by wire or wirelessly (signal lines are not shown), and signals representing their own status (red, yellow, or blue) will be described in detail later. It is transmitted to the roadside processing device 3.
本実施の形態による交差点システムは,この交差点 Xに設置される路側装置と, 車両 1に搭載される車載装置 1 0とを有する。 路側装置は, 4つの路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dおよび路側処理装置 3を有する。 路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dは基地局と 呼ばれることがあり, 路側処理装置 3は基地局制御装置と呼ばれることがある。 路側通信装置 2 a ~ 2 dは, 路側処理装置 3に通信回線により接続され, この 通信回線を介して, 後述するデータの送受信を行う。 図 1では, 図を見易くする ために, 路側通信装置 2 aと路側処理装置 3との間の通信回線のみを図示し, 他 の通信回線を省略している。 これらの通信回線は, 本実施の形態では有線の通信 回線であるが, 無線の通信回線であってもよい。 The intersection system according to the present embodiment includes a roadside device installed at the intersection X and an in-vehicle device 10 mounted on the vehicle 1. The roadside device has four roadside communication devices 2 a to 2 d and a roadside processing device 3. The roadside communication devices 2a to 2d are sometimes called base stations, and the roadside processing device 3 is sometimes called a base station controller. The roadside communication devices 2a to 2d are connected to the roadside processing device 3 by a communication line, and transmit and receive data to be described later via the communication line. In Fig. 1, only the communication line between the roadside communication device 2a and the roadside processing device 3 is shown for simplicity. Communication line is omitted. These communication lines are wired communication lines in the present embodiment, but may be wireless communication lines.
路側通信装置 2 aは, 片側道路 R 1 1に形成されるゾーン (エリア) 5 a (仮 想線 (二点差線) で図示) を管轄する。 同様にして, 路側通信装置 2 bは, 片側 道路 R 2 1に形成されるゾーン (エリア) 5 bを, 路側通信装置 2 cは, 片側道 路 R 1 2に形成されるゾーン (エリア) 5 cを, 路側通信装置 2 dは, 片側道路 R 2 2に形成されるゾーン (エリア) 5 dを, それぞれ管轄する。 そして, 路側 通信装置 2 a〜 2 dは, たとえば D S R C (狭域通信: Dedicated Short Range Communication)機能を有し, それぞれが管轄するゾーン 5 a〜5 dに進入した 車両 1と無線により通信する。  The roadside communication device 2a controls a zone (area) 5a (shown by a virtual line (two-dotted line)) formed on the one-sided road R11. Similarly, the roadside communication device 2b has a zone (area) 5b formed on the one-sided road R21, and the roadside communication device 2c has a zone (area) 5 formed on the one-sided road R12. c, and the roadside communication device 2 d controls the zone (area) 5 d formed on the one-sided road R22. The roadside communication devices 2a to 2d have, for example, a DSRC (Dedicated Short Range Communication) function, and wirelessly communicate with the vehicle 1 entering the zones 5a to 5d under their control.
この無線による通信の速度は, たとえば 1 M [ b p s ] , 4 M [ b p s ] 等であ る。 また, 周波数帯域は, たとえば 5 . 8 G [H z ] 帯である。 ゾーン 5 a〜5 dの少なくとも 2つが交わる領域において路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dの電波が混信 しないように, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dの無線周波数には, 与えられた周波数帯 域において, それぞれ異なる周波数が割り当てられている。  The speed of this wireless communication is, for example, 1 M [bps], 4 M [bps], and the like. The frequency band is, for example, the 5.8 G [Hz] band. The radio frequencies of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d should be set within the given frequency band so that the radio waves of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d do not interfere with each other in the region where at least two of the zones 5a to 5d intersect. , Different frequencies are assigned to each.
各ゾーン 5 a〜5 dは, 交差点 Xにおける事故を有効に防止することができる 領域に設定される。 この領域の具体的な範囲は, シミュレーション, 実験, 実際 の運用等によって決定される。  Each zone 5a to 5d is set in an area where intersection X can be effectively prevented. The specific range of this area is determined by simulations, experiments, actual operations, and so on.
たとえば, ゾーン 5 aは, 片側道路 R 1 1の R 1 1方向 (長手方向) において は, 交差点 Xのコーナ 6 a (入口) から片側道路 R 1 1の車両の進入側 (道路の 上流側) へ向かって約 1 0〜2 0メートルの位置から, 交差点 Xを横切り, コー ナ 6 b (出口) から車両の出側 (道路の下流側) へ向かって数メートル (1〜3 メートル程度) までの領域に設定される。 また, ゾーン 5 aは, R 1 1方向と直 交する方向 (幅方向) においては, 片側道路 R 1 1とほぼ同じ幅または僅かに狭 い幅 (数十センチ程度狭い幅) の領域に設定される。  For example, in zone 5a, in the R11 direction (longitudinal direction) of one-sided road R11, vehicles enter one-sided road R111 from the corner 6a (entrance) of intersection X (upstream side of the road). From about 10 to 20 meters toward the road, cross intersection X and go from corner 6b (exit) to the exit of the vehicle (downstream of the road) to several meters (about 1 to 3 meters). Area is set. Zone 5a is set in the direction (width direction) orthogonal to the R11 direction, in the area of almost the same width as the one-sided road R11 or a slightly narrower width (width about several tens of centimeters). Is done.
このように, ゾーン 5 aは, 車両の進入側から交差点 Xの入口 (コーナ 6 a ) までの部分を構成する進入領域と, 交差点 X内の領域と, 交差点 Xの出口 (コー ナ 6 b ) から出側までの部分を構成する出側領域とを有する。 ゾーン 5 aが出側 領域を有するのは, 車両 1が交差点 Xから離脱したことを確実に検知するためで ある。 Thus, zone 5a consists of the entry area that forms the part from the vehicle's entry side to the entrance of intersection X (corner 6a), the area within intersection X, and the exit of intersection X (corner 6b). And a delivery side region which constitutes a part from the delivery side to the delivery side. Zone 5a has an exit area to reliably detect that vehicle 1 has left intersection X. is there.
他のゾーン 5 b〜5 dも, 各片側道路 R 2 1, R 1 2, R 22において同様の 領域に設定される。  The other zones 5b to 5d are set in the same area on each one-way road R21, R12, R22.
車両 1には, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれかと通信を行う車載装置が搭載 されている。 図 2は, 車両 1に搭載される車載装置 10の構成を示すブロック図 である。 車載装置 10は, アンテナ 1 1, 無線部 12, 表示部 13, スピーカ部 14 , 処理 制御部 1 5, および記憶部 16を有する。  The vehicle 1 is equipped with an in-vehicle device that communicates with one of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the vehicle-mounted device 10 mounted on the vehicle 1. As shown in FIG. The in-vehicle device 10 includes an antenna 11, a radio unit 12, a display unit 13, a speaker unit 14, a processing control unit 15, and a storage unit 16.
アンテナ 1は, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれかと無線通信を行うためのァ ンテナであり, たとえば平面アンテナ(パッチ ·アンテナ等) により構成される。 このアンテナ 1は, 車両 1の前面に設けられ, 前方 (直進した場合の進行方向) および前方を中心として左右に僅かな角度の範囲の指向性を有する。 この左右の 僅かな角度の範囲は, 車両 1が左折または右折しようとして, 左または右に車体 1を僅かに向けた場合に, 左折方向または右折方向の路側通信装置と通信できる 範囲である。 したがって, アンテナ 1は, 主として, 進行方向前方から到来する 電波を受信し, また, 進行方向前方に向かって電波を送信する。  The antenna 1 is an antenna for performing wireless communication with any of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and is composed of, for example, a planar antenna (patch, antenna, etc.). The antenna 1 is provided on the front of the vehicle 1 and has directivity in a range of a slight angle to the left and right with respect to the front (the traveling direction when traveling straight) and the front. The range of the slight left and right angles is a range in which the vehicle 1 can communicate with the roadside communication device in the left turn direction or the right turn direction when the vehicle 1 turns left or right slightly and turns the body 1 slightly. Therefore, antenna 1 mainly receives radio waves arriving from the front in the traveling direction and transmits radio waves toward the front in the traveling direction.
無線部 1 2は, 処理/制御部 15の制御の下, 無線周波数 (アンテナ 1 1の無 線通信の周波数) とベースバンド周波数 (処理/制御部 1 5の入出力信号の周波 数) との変復調処理, アナログ信号 (アンテナ 1 1の無線通信信号) とディジタ ル信号 (処理/制御部 1 5の入出力信号) との間の変換 (A/D変換および DZ A変換) 処理等を行う。 無線部 1 2は, 路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dにそれぞれ割り 当てられた周波数のいずれでも受信でき, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dから受信した 信号の周波数に対応した周波数で無線通信を行うように構成されている。  Under the control of the processing / control unit 15, the radio unit 12 transmits the radio frequency (frequency of the wireless communication of the antenna 11) and the baseband frequency (frequency of the input / output signal of the processing / control unit 15). It performs modulation / demodulation processing, conversion between analog signals (radio communication signals of antenna 11) and digital signals (input / output signals of processing / control unit 15) (A / D conversion and DZA conversion). The radio unit 12 can receive any of the frequencies assigned to the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and performs wireless communication at a frequency corresponding to the frequency of the signal received from the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. It is configured as follows.
処理/制御部 15は, 無線部 12, 表示部 1 3, スピーカ部 14, 記憶部 16 等を制御するとともに, 後述する車両情報の送信, 他方向情報の処理等を行う。 また, 処理 制御部 1 5は, 図示しない制動装置を制御して制動をかけることも できる。 この処理/制御部 15は, C PUまたはマイクロコンピュータと, この CPUまたはマイクロコンピュータにより実行されるプログラムとによって構成 されてもよいし, プログラムにより記述された処理がハードウエアにより実現さ れたハードウェア回路によって構成されてもよい。 また, このプログラムは, 記 録媒体 (半導体メモリ, フロッピディスク, C D— R OM, D V D等) に記録さ れ, 提供されてもよい。 The processing / control unit 15 controls the radio unit 12, the display unit 13, the speaker unit 14, the storage unit 16, and the like, and also performs transmission of vehicle information described later, processing of other direction information, and the like. The processing control unit 15 can also apply a brake by controlling a braking device (not shown). The processing / control unit 15 may be composed of a CPU or a microcomputer and a program executed by the CPU or the microcomputer, or a hardware in which the processing described by the program is realized by hardware. It may be constituted by a circuit. In addition, this program It may be recorded on a recording medium (semiconductor memory, floppy disk, CD-ROM, DVD, etc.) and provided.
記憶部 1 6は, この車両 1にあらかじめ付与された車両番号および車両 I D, 受信レベル ·グラフを表す受信レベル関数, 自車両情報, ならびに路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれかから送信された他方向車両情報および個別車両情報を記憶 する。 この記憶部 1 6は, たとえば半導体メモリ, ハードディスク装置等によつ て構成することができる。  The storage unit 16 is transmitted from any of the vehicle number and vehicle ID assigned to the vehicle 1 in advance, a reception level function representing a reception level graph, own vehicle information, and the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. The other direction vehicle information and the individual vehicle information are stored. The storage unit 16 can be constituted by, for example, a semiconductor memory, a hard disk device, or the like.
「車両番号」 は, たとえば車両 1のナンバ ·プレートに付された番号である。 「車両 I D」 は, 車載装置 1 0をユニークに識別するために車載装置 1 0に付さ れた識別子であり, 車載装置 I Dと呼ぶこともできる。 これらの 「車両番号」 お よび 「車両 I D」 の双方またはいずれか一方には, 車両 1の車種を特定する情報 が含まれてもよい。 「車両番号」 および「車両 I D」 のいずれも, 車両 1を他の車 両から識別する識別情報として用いることができる。  The “vehicle number” is, for example, the number given to the number plate of vehicle 1. “Vehicle ID” is an identifier assigned to the in-vehicle device 10 to uniquely identify the in-vehicle device 10, and can also be called the in-vehicle device ID. The “vehicle number” and / or the “vehicle ID” may include information identifying the type of vehicle 1. Both “vehicle number” and “vehicle ID” can be used as identification information for identifying vehicle 1 from other vehicles.
「受信レベル関数」 は, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれかから送信される電 波の受信レベル (受信電波の強度) と, ゾーン 5 a〜5 dの進入位置から車両 1 までの距離との関係を示す関数である。 図 3 Aは, 後に詳述する路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのアンテナ 2 1から送信される電波によりそれぞれ形成されるゾーン 5 a〜5 dと,車両 1のアンテナ 1 1との位置関係を示す側面図である。図 3 Bは, 受信レベル関数の一例をグラフにより表したもの (受信レベル'グラフ) の一例 である。  The “reception level function” is the reception level (intensity of the received radio wave) of the radio wave transmitted from any of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and the distance from the entry position of zones 5a to 5d to vehicle 1. Is a function showing the relationship with Figure 3A shows the positional relationship between the zones 5a to 5d formed by the radio waves transmitted from the antennas 21 of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively, and the antenna 11 of the vehicle 1 described later. FIG. Figure 3B is an example of a graph of a reception level function (reception level 'graph).
受信レベルは, 片側道路の上流側 (図 3における左側) から下流側 (図 3にお ける右側)に向かって,図 3 Bに示す強度を有する。図 3 Bにおいて, 「サービス · イン」 ポイントは, 車両 1が進行方向に走行し, 車載装置 1 0 (処理 Z制御部 1 5または無線部 1 2 ) が路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれかからの電波を受信し ていることを認識できるポイントである。 「サービス ·アウト」 ポイントは, 車載 装置 1 0 (処理/ "制御部 1 5または無線部 1 2 ) が路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dのい ずれかからの電波を受信していることを認識できなくなるポイントである。  The reception level has the intensity shown in Fig. 3B from the upstream side (left side in Fig. 3) of one side road toward the downstream side (right side in Fig. 3). In Fig. 3B, the "service-in" point is that vehicle 1 travels in the direction of travel and vehicle-mounted device 10 (processing Z control unit 15 or wireless unit 12) is connected to any of roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. This is the point where you can recognize that you are receiving radio waves from the Internet. The “service out” point recognizes that the in-vehicle device 10 (processing / “controller 15 or wireless unit 12”) is receiving radio waves from any of the roadside communication devices 2 a to 2 d. It is a point that cannot be done.
なお, サービス 'イン 'ポイントからサービス 'アウト 'ポイントまでの受信 可能な領域内では, アンテナ 2 1も, アンテナ 1 1からの電波を受信することが できる。 また, この受信レベル関数は, 受信レベルと位置との対応表 (テーブル) として記憶部 1 6に記憶することもできるし, グラフの曲線を表す計算式 (近似 式を含む。) として記憶部 1 6に記憶することもできる。 Note that within the receivable area from the service 'in' point to the service 'out' point, antenna 21 can receive radio waves from antenna 11 as well. it can. In addition, this reception level function can be stored in the storage unit 16 as a correspondence table (table) between the reception level and the position, or can be stored in the storage unit 1 as a calculation formula (including an approximation formula) representing a graph curve. 6 can also be stored.
記憶部 1 6に記憶される情報(データ)のうち, 「自車両情報」, 「他方向車両情 報」, および 「個別車両情報」 については, 後に詳述する。  Of the information (data) stored in the storage unit 16, the “own vehicle information”, the “other direction vehicle information”, and the “individual vehicle information” will be described later in detail.
表示部 1 3は, 処理/制御部 1 5の制御の下, 運転者 (ドライバ) に交差点 X の状況に関する情報 (後に詳述) を表示するものである。 表示部 1 3は, たとえ ば液晶ディスプレイ装置, C R Tディスプレイ装置, プラズマ 'ディスプレイ装 置等によって構成される。 スピーカ部 1 4は, 処理 制御部 1 5の制御の下, 運 転手に交差点 Xの状況に関する情報 (後に詳述) を音声, 警告音等により通知す るものである。  The display unit 13 displays information on the status of the intersection X (detailed later) to the driver (driver) under the control of the processing / control unit 15. The display unit 13 includes, for example, a liquid crystal display device, a CRT display device, and a plasma display device. Under the control of the processing control unit 15, the speaker unit 14 notifies the driver of the information on the status of the intersection X (described in detail later) by voice, warning sound, and the like.
なお, 表示部 1 3は, たとえば車両 1にすでに搭載されているカー ·ナビグー シヨン 'システム, カー ·オーディオ 'システム等の表示装置を兼用することが できる。 また, スピーカ部 1 4も, 同様にして, 車両 1にすでに搭載されている カー 'ナビゲーシヨン 'システム, カー 'オーディオ 'システム等のスピーカを 兼用することができる。  The display unit 13 can also serve as a display device such as a car navigation system or a car audio system already mounted on the vehicle 1, for example. Similarly, the speaker section 14 can also be used as a speaker for the car 'navigation' system, car 'audio' system, etc. already mounted on the vehicle 1.
速度メータ 1 7およびウィン力 (方向指示器) 1 8は, 車両 1に通常搭載され ている既知のものであるので, ここでは, その詳細な説明を省略する。 速度メー タ 1 7は, 計測した速度を処理 Z制御部 1 5に与える。 ウィン力 1 8は, 左折用 ウィン力および右折用ウィン力から構成され, 点滅の有無の信号 (点滅信号) を 処理 制御部 1 5に与える。  Since the speed meter 17 and the win force (direction indicator) 18 are known ones usually mounted on the vehicle 1, their detailed description is omitted here. The speed meter 17 gives the measured speed to the processing Z controller 15. The win force 18 is composed of a left-turn win force and a right-turn win force, and provides a signal indicating whether or not there is a blink (blink signal) to the processing control unit 15.
図 4は, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのそれぞれの構成を示すブロック図である。 本実施の形態では, 路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dはいずれも同じ構成を有するので, ここでは, 路側通信装置 2 aを例にとり, その構成を説明することとする。  Fig. 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of each of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. In the present embodiment, the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d all have the same configuration. Therefore, here, the configuration will be described using the roadside communication device 2a as an example.
路側通信装置 2 aは, 平面ァンテナ 2 1 , 無線部 2 2, 処理 Z制御部 2 3 , ィ ンタフ ース部 ( I / F部) 2 4 , および記憶部 2 5を有する。  The roadside communication device 2a includes a planar antenna 21, a radio unit 22, a processing Z control unit 23, an interface unit (I / F unit) 24, and a storage unit 25.
平面アンテナ 2 1は, 車載装置 1 0と無線通信を行うためのアンテナである。 この平面アンテナ 2 1は, 管轄するゾーン 5 aをカバーできる位置 (たとえば, 片側道路 R 1 1の路面から 5〜6メートルの高さの位置) および向きに設置され る。 したがって, アンテナ 2 1の設置場所は, 容易に確保することができる。 ま た, 平面アンテナ 2 1は, 管轄するゾーン 5 aの上流側に向かって指向性を有す る。 したがって, アンテナ 2 1は, 片側道路 R 1 1の下流側から上流側に向けて 電波を送信するとともに, 上流側から下流側に向けて送信される, 車載装置 1 0 からの電波を受信する。 なお, この平面アンテナ 2 1は, パッチ 'アンテナであ つてもよい。 The planar antenna 21 is an antenna for performing wireless communication with the vehicle-mounted device 10. This flat antenna 21 is installed at a position (eg, at a height of 5 to 6 meters above the road surface of one-sided road R11) and orientation that can cover the zone 5a under its jurisdiction. You. Therefore, the installation location of the antenna 21 can be easily secured. The planar antenna 21 has directivity toward the upstream side of the zone 5a under its control. Therefore, the antenna 21 transmits radio waves from the downstream side of the one-sided road R11 to the upstream side, and receives radio waves from the onboard device 10 transmitted from the upstream side to the downstream side. The planar antenna 21 may be a patch 'antenna.
無線部 2 2は, 処理 制御部 2 3の制御の下, 無線周波数 (アンテナ 2 1の無 線通信の周波数) とベースバンド周波数 (処理 制御部 2 3の入出力信号の周波 数) との変復調処理, アナログ信号 (平面アンテナ 2 1の無線通信信号) とディ ジタル信号 (処理 制御部 2 3の入出力信号) との間の変換 (AZD変換および D/A変換) 処理等を行う。 なお, 前述したように, 路側通信装置 2 a 〜 2 dの 各無線部 2 2の無線周波数には, それぞれ異なる周波数が割り当てられている。 処理 制御部 2 3は, 無線部 2 2 , I Z F部 2 4, および記憶部 2 5を制御す るとともに, 後述する通信要求, 自車両情報の送信, 他方向車両情報の受信等の 処理を行う。 この処理 Z制御部 2 3は, C P Uまたはマイクロコンピュータと, この C P Uまたはマイクロコンピュータにより実行されるプログラムとによって 構成されてもよいし, プログラムにより記述された処理がハードウエアにより実 現されたハードウエア回路によって構成されてもよい。また,このプログラムは, 記録媒体 (半導体メモリ, フロッピディスク, C D— R OM, D V D等) に記録 され, 提供されてもよい。  The radio section 22 modulates and demodulates the radio frequency (frequency of the wireless communication of the antenna 21) and the baseband frequency (frequency of the input / output signal of the processing control section 23) under the control of the processing control section 23. Processing, conversion (AZD conversion and D / A conversion) processing between analog signals (wireless communication signals of the planar antenna 21) and digital signals (input / output signals of the processing control unit 23). As described above, different frequencies are assigned to the radio frequencies of the radio units 22 of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively. The processing control unit 23 controls the radio unit 22, the IZF unit 24, and the storage unit 25, and also performs processing such as communication requests, transmission of own-vehicle information, and reception of other-way vehicle information, which are described later. . The processing Z control unit 23 may be constituted by a CPU or a microcomputer and a program executed by the CPU or the microcomputer, or may be a hardware in which the processing described by the program is realized by hardware. It may be constituted by a circuit. This program may be recorded on a recording medium (semiconductor memory, floppy disk, CD-ROM, DVD, etc.) and provided.
I F部 2 4は, 路側処理装置 3に接続され, 処理 Z制御部 2 3の制御の下, インタフェース処理 (電圧の整合, 信号の変換, 通信プロ トコルの処理等) を行 ラ。  The IF section 24 is connected to the roadside processing device 3, and performs interface processing (voltage matching, signal conversion, communication protocol processing, etc.) under the control of the processing Z control section 23.
記憶部 2 5には, 車両 1から送信された車両情報, 各車両 1に割り当てられた スロットの番号(後述), 路側処理装置 3から送信された情報等が一時的に記憶さ れる。 また, 路側通信装置 2 a 〜 2 dには, それぞれを識別するための識別番号 (路側通信装置番号) があらかじめ付与され, 記憶部 2 5には, この路側通信装 置番号があらかじめ記憶されている。 路側処理装置 3は, この路側通信装置番号 により, 路側通信装置 2 a 〜 2 dを識別することができる。 この記憶部 2 5は, たとえば半導体メモリ, ハードディスク装置等によって構成することができる。 図 5は, 路側処理装置 3の構成を示すプロック図である。 路側処理装置 3は, 処理 制御部 31, 路側通信装置インタフェース部 (路側通信装置 I/F部) 3 2, 信号機インタフェース部 (信号機 IZF部) 33, および記憶部 34を備え ている。 The storage unit 25 temporarily stores the vehicle information transmitted from the vehicle 1, the slot number assigned to each vehicle 1 (described later), the information transmitted from the roadside processing device 3, and the like. An identification number (roadside communication device number) for identifying each of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d is assigned in advance, and the storage unit 25 stores the roadside communication device number in advance. I have. The roadside processing device 3 can identify the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d based on the roadside communication device number. This storage unit 25 For example, it can be constituted by a semiconductor memory, a hard disk device, or the like. FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the roadside processing device 3. As shown in FIG. The roadside processing device 3 includes a processing control unit 31, a roadside communication device interface unit (roadside communication device I / F unit) 32, a traffic light interface unit (traffic light IZF unit) 33, and a storage unit 34.
処理/制御部 31は, 路側通信装置 I F部 32 , 信号機 I F部 33 , およ び記憶部 34を制御するとともに, 後述する車両登録, 車両情報の受信等の処理 を行う。 この処理 Z制御部 31は, CPUまたはマイクロコンピュータと, この CPUまたはマイクロコンピュータにより実行されるプログラムとによって構成 されてもよいし, プログラムにより記述された処理がハードウェアにより実現さ れたハードウエア回路によって構成されてもよい。  The processing / control unit 31 controls the roadside communication device IF unit 32, the traffic signal IF unit 33, and the storage unit 34, and also performs processing such as vehicle registration and vehicle information reception, which will be described later. The processing Z control unit 31 may be configured by a CPU or a microcomputer and a program executed by the CPU or the microcomputer, or may be a hardware circuit in which the processing described by the program is realized by hardware. May be configured.
路側通信装置 I ZF部 32は, IZF部 32 a〜32 dを有する。 I/F部 3 The roadside communication device IZF unit 32 has IZF units 32a to 32d. I / F 3
2 a〜 32 dは, 路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dにそれぞれ接続され, 処理 Z制御部 3 1の制御の下, インタフェース処理 (電圧の整合, 信号の変換, 通信プロトコル の処理等) をそれぞれ行う。 2a to 32d are connected to the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively, and perform interface processing (voltage matching, signal conversion, communication protocol processing, etc.) under the control of the Z control unit 31. Do.
信号機 IZF部 33は, I/F部 33 a〜33 dを有する。 I/F部 33 a〜 The traffic signal IZF section 33 has I / F sections 33a to 33d. I / F section 33 a〜
33 dは,信号機 7 a〜7 dにそれぞれ接続され(図 1において信号線は図示略), 処理/制御部 31の制御の下, インタフェース処理 (電圧の整合, 信号の変換, 通信プロ トコルの処理等) をそれぞれ行う。 33 d is connected to each of the traffic lights 7 a to 7 d (signal lines are not shown in FIG. 1), and under the control of the processing / control unit 31, interface processing (voltage matching, signal conversion, communication protocol) Processing).
記憶部 34には, 路側通信装置から送信されるデータ, あらかじめ定められた テーブル 'データ等が記憶される。 この記憶部 34は, たとえば半導体メモリ, ハードディスク装置等によつて構成することができる。  The storage unit 34 stores data transmitted from the roadside communication device, predetermined table data, and the like. The storage unit 34 can be constituted by, for example, a semiconductor memory, a hard disk device, or the like.
図 6は, 記憶部 34に記憶されるデータ (保持データ) を示している。 保持デ ータには, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dからそれぞれ送信されたデータにより作成さ れる路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dの車両状況データ, 車両情報選択データ, 信号機状 態 _ 進行可否対応データ, および優先度データが含まれる。  FIG. 6 shows data (holding data) stored in the storage unit 34. The retained data includes vehicle status data, vehicle information selection data, traffic light status data, and traffic signal status_progress / non-progress information of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d created from the data transmitted from the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively. Data and priority data.
図 7 A〜図 7 Dは, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dの各車両状況データをテーブル形 式でそれぞれ示している。 路側通信装置 2 aの車両状況データは, 車両 1から路 側通信装置 2 aを介して路側通信装置 2 aに送信された車両情報 (後述) に基づ いて, 処理/制御部 3 1により作成される。 路側通信装置 2 b〜 2 cの各車両状 況データも, 同様にして作成される。 Figures 7A to 7D show the vehicle status data of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d in the form of tables, respectively. The vehicle status data of the roadside communication device 2a is based on vehicle information (described later) transmitted from the vehicle 1 to the roadside communication device 2a via the roadside communication device 2a. It is created by the processing / control unit 31. The vehicle status data of the roadside communication devices 2b to 2c are created in the same manner.
各車両状況データは, 車両番号, 車両 I D, 情報更新時間, 進行方向, 速度, 走行 停止, 通信開始時間, および通信終了時間を有する。  Each vehicle status data includes vehicle number, vehicle ID, information update time, heading direction, speed, travel stop, communication start time, and communication end time.
「車両番号」 および 「車両 I D」 は, それぞれ, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのい ずれかと通信を行っている車両 1の車両番号および車両 I Dである。 なお, 車両 番号のみでも, 車両 1を識別できるので, 車両 I Dは省略されてもよい。  “Vehicle number” and “Vehicle ID” are the vehicle number and vehicle ID of vehicle 1 communicating with one of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, respectively. Since vehicle 1 can be identified only by the vehicle number, vehicle ID may be omitted.
「進行方向」 は, 車両 1が今後走行して行く方向であり, 直進, 左折, または 右折のいずれかの値を有する。 この進行方向は, 後述するように, 車両 1のウイ ンカ 1 8 (図 2参照) の情報に基づいて車載装置 1 0 (処理/制御部 1 5 ) によ り作成される。 したがって, この進行方向は, 車両 1がゾーン 5 a〜5 dに進入 した時の走行方向 (以下 「進入方向」) という。) とは必ずしも一致しない。 たと えば,車両 1は R 1 1方向でゾーン 5 aに進入した力 進行方向としては左折(す なわち R 2 2方向) を有し, その後左折する場合もある。すなわち,進入方向は, 車両 1がゾーン 5 a〜5 dのいずれかに進入した場合に, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれと通信を開始したかによつて決定される方向であるのに対し, 進行方 向は, 進入方向に対する相対的な方向である。  The “traveling direction” is the direction in which the vehicle 1 travels in the future, and has one of the following values: straight ahead, left turn, or right turn. This traveling direction is created by the in-vehicle device 10 (processing / control unit 15) based on the information of the winkers 18 (see FIG. 2) of the vehicle 1, as described later. Therefore, this traveling direction is referred to as the traveling direction when the vehicle 1 enters the zones 5a to 5d (hereinafter referred to as “entering direction”). ) Does not always match. For example, vehicle 1 has a left-turn (that is, R22 direction) as the force traveling in zone 5a in direction R11, and may then turn left. In other words, the approach direction is determined by which of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d has started communication when the vehicle 1 has entered any of the zones 5a to 5d. On the other hand, the direction of travel is the direction relative to the approach direction.
「速度」 は, 車両 1の走行速度であり, 車両 1の速度メータ 1 7の値である。 「走行 Z停止」 は, 車両 1が走行中か停止中かを示すデータであり, 走行または 停止のいずれかの値を有する。 この 「走行/停止」 は, 「速度」 の値が 0かどうか によっても判断することもできるので, 車両状況データから省くこともできる。  “Speed” is the running speed of vehicle 1 and is the value of speed meter 17 of vehicle 1. “Running Z stop” is data indicating whether the vehicle 1 is running or stopped, and has a value of either running or stopped. This “run / stop” can also be determined based on whether the “speed” value is 0, and can be omitted from the vehicle status data.
「通信開始時間」 は, 車両 1 (車載装置 1 0 ) が路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのい ずれかと通信を開始した時間である。 この通信開始時間は, 車両 1が直進し, 図 3に示すサービス ■イン ·ボイントにおいて通信を開始した時間, または, 車両 1が左折もしくは右折を行って, あるゾーンから他のゾーン内に進入し (この場 合に, 車両 1はサービス 'イン 'ポイントとサービス 'アウト 'ポイントとの間 に進入することとなる),当該他のゾーンを管轄する路側通信装置と通信を開始し た時間のいずれかの値となる。  “Communication start time” is the time when vehicle 1 (vehicle-mounted device 10) starts communicating with any of roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. The communication start time is the time when vehicle 1 goes straight ahead and the service shown in Fig. 3 starts communication at the in-point, or when vehicle 1 makes a left or right turn and enters from one zone to another. (In this case, vehicle 1 enters between the service 'in' point and the service 'out' point), or the time when communication with the roadside communication device that governs the other zone started. Value.
「通信終了時間」 は, 車両 1が路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 dのいずれかと通信を終 了した時間である。 この通信終了時間は, 車両 1が直進し, ゾーン 5 a〜5 dの いずれかのサービス 'アウト 'ポイントにおいて通信を終了した時間, または, 左折もしくは右折し, アンテナ 1 1 (およびアンテナ 2 1 ) が有する指向性のた めに車両 1が路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dのいずれかと通信不能となることにより通 信を終了した時間のいずれかの値となる。 The “communication end time” is the time when the vehicle 1 ends communication with one of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d. It is the time that was completed. This communication end time is the time when vehicle 1 goes straight and ends communication at any of the service 'out' points in zones 5a to 5d, or turns left or right, and antenna 1 1 (and antenna 2 1) Due to the directivity of the vehicle 1, the vehicle 1 becomes unable to communicate with any of the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d, and thus takes any value of the communication termination time.
このように,車両 1が直進から左折または右折した場合には,アンテナ 1 1 (お よびアンテナ 2 1 ) の有する指向性により, 直進時に通信を行っていた路側通信 装置とは通信を終了し, 左折または右折方向の路側通信装置とは新たに通信を開 始することとなる。 そして, このような場合には, 直進方向の路側通信装置, お よび, 左折または右折後の路側通信装置のそれぞれにおいて, 同じ車両について の車両状況データが作成されることとなる。  Thus, when vehicle 1 makes a left or right turn from straight ahead, the directivity of antenna 11 (and antenna 21) terminates communication with the roadside communication device that was communicating when traveling straight ahead. A new communication with the roadside communication device in the left or right turn direction will be started. In such a case, the vehicle condition data for the same vehicle is created in each of the roadside communication device in the straight ahead direction and the roadside communication device after turning left or right.
なお, 通信が終了していない場合 (すなわち, 車両 1がゾーン内に存在し通信 中である場合) に, 通信終了時間の欄には, たとえば "N U L L " のような時間 を表す値以外の値が置かれる。  If the communication has not been completed (that is, if vehicle 1 is in the zone and is communicating), the communication end time column contains a value other than the time value such as "NULL". Is placed.
「情報更新時間」 は, 各車両番号(および車両 I D ) の情報の進行方向, 速度, または走行/停止の内容が更新された場合に, その更新を行った時間である。 た とえば, ある車両番号の車両 1の進行方向が直進から左折に変更された場合に, その車両番号の進行方向の欄が直進から左折に変更されるとともに, その情報更 新時間の欄には, 変更の時間が記録される。 情報の更新が行われない場合には, 情報更新時間には, たとえば " NU L L " 値が記録されるカ あるいは, 通信開 始時間と同じ時間が記録される。  “Information update time” is the time when the traveling direction, speed, or running / stop content of the information of each vehicle number (and vehicle ID) was updated, when that information was updated. For example, when the traveling direction of vehicle 1 with a certain vehicle number is changed from straight ahead to left turn, the traveling direction column of that vehicle number is changed from straight ahead to left turn and the information update time column is displayed. Will record the time of the change. If the information is not updated, the information update time is recorded, for example, as the “NULL” value or the same time as the communication start time.
この車両状況データは, 通信終了時間が記入された部分 (履歴データ) と, 通 信終了時間がまだ記入されていないデータ (すなわち, ゾーン内に存在し, 通信 中の車両に関するデータ) とに分けて設けることもできる。  This vehicle status data is divided into the part where the communication end time is entered (history data) and the data where the communication end time is not entered yet (that is, data on vehicles in the zone that are communicating). Can also be provided.
図 8 A〜8 Fは, 車両情報選択データをテーブル形式で示したものである。 こ の車両情報選択データは, 後述する個別車両情報にどの車両の車両情報 (車両番 号, 進行方向, 走行/停止, 優先度等) を含ませるかを決定するためのデータで ある。 図 9 A〜9 Fは, 図 8 A〜 8 Fにそれぞれ対応する交差点の状況(平面図) を示している。 これらの図における符号 A〜Dは車両を示している。 「直進」,「左折」, 「右折」, および 「停止中」 は, 車両 A〜Dの状態を示している。 たとえば, 車両 A 「直進」 は,車両 Aが直進していることを示している。車両 A~Dが「直進」, 「左折」, 「右 折」, および 「停止中」 のいずれの状態であるかは, 前述した車両状況データ (図 7参照) の 「進行方向」 データおよび 「走行 停止」 (または 「速度」) データに 基づいて判断される。 Figures 8A to 8F show vehicle information selection data in a table format. This vehicle information selection data is data for determining which vehicle information (vehicle number, traveling direction, running / stop, priority, etc.) is to be included in the individual vehicle information described later. 9A to 9F show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to FIGS. 8A to 8F, respectively. Symbols A to D in these figures indicate vehicles. “Go straight”, “turn left”, “turn right”, and “stop” indicate the status of vehicles A to D. For example, vehicle A “straight” indicates that vehicle A is traveling straight. Whether the vehicles A to D are in the “straight ahead”, “left turn”, “right turn”, or “stopped” state is determined by the “traveling direction” data and “ Judgment is made based on "stop running" (or "speed") data.
図 8 A〜図 8 Fにおいて, 丸印 (〇) は, 一方の車両に送信される個別車両情 報に他方の車両の車両情報を含ませる必要がある場合を示し, ばつ印 (X ) は, 一方の車両の個別車両情報に他方の車両の車両情報を含ませる必要がない場合を 示している。  8A to 8F, a circle (〇) indicates a case where individual vehicle information transmitted to one vehicle needs to include vehicle information of the other vehicle, and a cross (X) indicates In this case, it is not necessary to include the vehicle information of the other vehicle in the individual vehicle information of one vehicle.
たとえば, 図 8 Aにおいて, 車両 Aおよび Bの双方の状態がともに 「直進」 で ある場合には, 丸印が付されている。 したがって, この場合には, 車両 Aに送信 される個別車両情報には, 車両 Bの車両情報が含まれ, また, 車両 Bに送信され る個別車両情報には, 車両 Aの車両情報が含まれることとなる。 一方, 車両 Aの 状態が左折であり,車両 Bの状態が直進である場合には,ばつ印が付されている。 したがって, この場合には, 車両 Aに送信される個別車両情報には, 車両 Bの車 両情報が含まれず, また, 車両 Bに送信される個別車両情報には, 車両 Aの車両 情報が含まれないこととなる。  For example, in Fig. 8A, when both the states of vehicles A and B are "straight ahead", a circle is marked. Therefore, in this case, the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle A includes the vehicle information of vehicle B, and the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle B includes the vehicle information of vehicle A. It will be. On the other hand, when the state of vehicle A is a left turn and the state of vehicle B is straight ahead, a cross is marked. Therefore, in this case, the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle A does not include the vehicle information of vehicle B, and the individual vehicle information transmitted to vehicle B does not include the vehicle information of vehicle A. It will not be.
このように車両選択データにより送信する車両情報を選択することにより, 不 要な車両情報の送信を防止することができる。その結果,通信データ量が減少し, 効率的な通信を行うことができる。  By selecting the vehicle information to be transmitted based on the vehicle selection data, unnecessary transmission of vehicle information can be prevented. As a result, the amount of communication data is reduced, and efficient communication can be performed.
図 1 0は, 信号機状態/進入可否対応データをテーブル形式で示したものであ る。 信号機状態 Z進入可否対応データは, 道路 R 1方向 (図 1参照) の信号機 7 aおよび 7 cの状態と, 道路 R 1方向の車両の交差点 Xへの進入の可否 (進入許 可, 進入注意, および進入禁止) との関係, ならびに, 道路 R 2方向 (図 1参照) の信号機 7 bおよび 7 dの状態と道路 R 2方向の車両の交差点 Xへの進入の可否 (進入許可, 進入注意, および進入禁止) との関係を示すデータである。  Figure 10 shows the traffic condition / accessibility data in a table format. Traffic light status Z entry availability data is based on the status of traffic lights 7a and 7c in the direction of road R1 (see Fig. 1) and whether vehicles can enter intersection X in the direction of road R1 (permission allowed, caution of approach). , And entry prohibition), and the status of traffic lights 7b and 7d in the direction of road R2 (see Fig. 1) and whether vehicles can enter the intersection X in the direction of road R2 (entry permission, , And entry prohibited).
信号機 7 aおよび 7 cはともに同期して同じ状態 (赤, 黄, または青) に変化 し, 信号機 7 bおよび 7 dも同期して同じ状態に変化するものと仮定している。 この信号機状態 Z進入可否対応データは, 信号機 7 a〜7 dの状態に応じて, 各車両 1が交差点に進入可能かどうかを, 当該各車両 1に通知するために使用さ れる。 この通知は個別車両情報 (後述) に含まれ, 各車両 1に送信される。 たと えば, 道路 R 1方向の信号機 7 a ( 7 c ) の状態が 「青」 である場合には, 道路 R 1方向 (すなわち, 進入方向が道路 R 1 1方向または R 1 2方向) を走行する 車両には 「進入許可」 力 「黄」 である場合には 「進入注意」 力, 「赤」 である場 合には 「進入禁止」 、 それぞれ通知される。 道路 R 2方向の信号機 7 b ( 7 d ) の状態に対応して, その方向 (すなわち, 進入方向が道路 R 2 1方向または R 2 2方向) を走行する車両にも同様の通知が行われる。 It is assumed that both traffic lights 7a and 7c change to the same state (red, yellow, or blue) in synchronization, and that traffic lights 7b and 7d also change to the same state in synchronization. The traffic light status Z entry availability correspondence data is used to notify each vehicle 1 whether or not each vehicle 1 can enter the intersection according to the status of the traffic lights 7a to 7d. This notification is included in the individual vehicle information (described later) and transmitted to each vehicle 1. For example, when the traffic light 7a (7c) in the direction of the road R1 is "blue", the vehicle travels in the direction of the road R1 (that is, the approach direction is the direction of the road R11 or R12). The vehicle will be notified of the "entry permitted" force if it is "yellow" and "not allowed" if it is "red". Corresponding to the state of the traffic light 7b (7d) in the direction of the road R2, the same notification is given to vehicles traveling in that direction (that is, the approach direction is the direction of the road R21 or R22). .
図 1 1 Aおよび 1 1 Bは, 優先度データをテーブル形式で示したものである。 図 1 2 Aおよび 1 2 Bは, 図 1 1 Aおよび 1 1 Bにそれぞれ対応する交差点の状 況(平面図)を示している。これらの図における符号 A〜Dは車両を示している。 「直進」, 「左折」, 「右折」,および「停止中」は,車両 A〜Dの状態を示している。 優先度データは, 2台の車両の状態(直進, 左折, 右折, 停止中) に対応して, いずれの車両が優先的な通行を認められるかを表した優先度を示すものである。 図中, 「A優先」, 「C優先」 等は, 優先的な通行が認められる車両を示す。  Figures 11A and 11B show priority data in a table format. Figures 12A and 12B show the situation (plan view) of the intersection corresponding to Figures 11A and 11B, respectively. Symbols A to D in these figures indicate vehicles. “Go straight”, “turn left”, “turn right”, and “stop” indicate the status of vehicles A to D. The priority data indicates the priority of the two vehicles (straight ahead, left turn, right turn, and stopped), indicating which vehicle is allowed to travel with priority. In the figure, “A priority”, “C priority”, etc. indicate vehicles that are allowed to travel with priority.
たとえば, 図 1 1 Aにおいて, 車両 Aが 「右折」, 車両じが 「直進」 の欄には, 「C優先」 が記入されているので, 車両 Cの通行が車両 Aの通行よりも優先され ることを示している。 この場合には, 優先度として, 車両 Cには 「C優先」 が送 信され, 車両 Aには「非優先」 が送信される。 また, 車両 Aおよび Cがともに 「右 折」の欄には,双方の車両 Aおよび Cが相互に注意する必要があることを示す「注 意」が記入されている。 この場合には, 車両 Aおよびじに,優先度として, 「注意」 が送信される。  For example, in Fig. 11A, the column of “turn right” for vehicle A and the column “straight ahead” for vehicle A are marked with “C priority”, so that the traffic of vehicle C has priority over the traffic of vehicle A. Which indicates that. In this case, “C priority” is sent to vehicle C and “non-priority” is sent to vehicle A as the priority. In the “turn right” column for both vehicles A and C, “Caution” is entered to indicate that both vehicles A and C need to pay attention to each other. In this case, “Attention” is sent to vehicle A and the same as priority.
ばつ印 (X ) が付された欄は, 図 8および図 9においても説明したように, 車 両情報が個別車両情報に含まれない場合であるので, 優先度も送信されないこと を示している。  The columns marked with crosses (X) indicate that no priority is transmitted because vehicle information is not included in the individual vehicle information, as described in FIGS. 8 and 9. .
この優先度は, 全方向車両情報 (後述) または個別車両情報 (後述) の車両情 報内に含まれ, 各車両 1に送信される。  This priority is included in the vehicle information of omnidirectional vehicle information (described later) or individual vehicle information (described later) and transmitted to each vehicle 1.
1 . 2 . 交差点システムの処理 図 1 3は, 車載装置 1 0 , 路側通信装置 2 a〜 2 d, および路側処理装置 3の 処理の流れを示すシーケンス図である。 なお, 以下では, 路側通信装置 2 a〜2 dを特に区別せずに示す場合には, 「路側通信装置 2」 と総称する。 1.2. Intersection system processing FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing the processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device 10, the roadside communication devices 2 a to 2 d, and the roadside processing device 3. In the following, the roadside communication devices 2a to 2d are collectively referred to as “roadside communication device 2” when they are not particularly distinguished.
路側処理装置 3の処理 Z制御部 3 1は,あらかじめ定められた一定時間間隔(た とえば数ミリ秒間隔, 数十ミリ秒間隔等) で, 全方向車両情報を作成し, I ZF 部 3 2 a〜3 2 dを介して路側通信装置 2に送信する (ステップ S 2 1 )。  Processing of the roadside processing unit 3 The Z control unit 31 creates omnidirectional vehicle information at predetermined fixed time intervals (for example, at intervals of several milliseconds, tens of milliseconds, etc.). The data is transmitted to the roadside communication device 2 via 2a to 32d (step S21).
図 1 4は,この全方向車両情報のデータ構造を示している。全方向車両情報は, ゾーン 5 a〜5 dにおいてそれぞれ R 1 1方向〜 R 2 2方向のいずれかを走行す るすべての車両 (すなわち 4つの路側通信装置 2のいずれかと通信しているすべ ての車両) に関する情報を含んでいる。  Figure 14 shows the data structure of this omnidirectional vehicle information. The omnidirectional vehicle information includes all vehicles traveling in any of the R11 direction to R22 direction in zones 5a to 5d (that is, all vehicles communicating with any of the four roadside communication devices 2). Vehicle).
この全方向車両情報は, 送信先, 方向データ, および各方向の車両情報を有す る。  This omnidirectional vehicle information includes the destination, direction data, and vehicle information for each direction.
「送信先」は,全方向車両情報が送信される送信先を示し,本実施の形態では, すべての路側通信装置 2であるので 「全路側通信装置」 とされる。 「方向データ」 は, R 1 1方向から R 2 2方向の 4方向のいずれかを示す。各方向の「車両情報」 は, R l 1方向から R 2 2方向の各方向を走行する車両((すなわち各路側通信装 置 2と通信している車両) に関する情報である。  The “transmission destination” indicates a transmission destination to which the omnidirectional vehicle information is transmitted. In the present embodiment, since all the roadside communication devices 2 are used, they are “all roadside communication devices”. “Direction data” indicates one of four directions from the R11 direction to the R22 direction. The “vehicle information” in each direction is information on vehicles traveling in each direction from the R11 direction to the R22 direction (that is, vehicles communicating with each roadside communication device 2).
「車両情報」 は, 各路側通信装置 2と通信している車両 1の個数分設けられ, 各車両 1の車両番号, 進行方向, 速度, 走行 停止, および優先度を有する。 こ の車両情報は, 前述した図 6に示す路側処理装置 3の保持データに基づいて作成 される。  The “vehicle information” is provided by the number of vehicles 1 communicating with each roadside communication device 2 and has the vehicle number, traveling direction, speed, traveling stop, and priority of each vehicle 1. This vehicle information is created based on the data held in the roadside processing device 3 shown in FIG.
すなわち,処理 制御部 3 1は,記憶部 3 4に記憶された保持データにおいて, 通信終了時間が記入されていない車両状況データ (すなわち各ゾーン 5 a〜5 d 内に存在し, 各路側通信装置 2と通信している車両 1の車両状況データ) を抽出 する。 そして, 処理/制御部 3 1は, 抽出した車両状況データの車両番号, 進行 方向, 速度, および走行 停止の各値を, 車両情報の 「車両番号」, 「進行方向」, 「速度」, および「走行ノ停止」 の領域にそれぞれ格納する。 なお, 走行か停止か は「速度」 の値によっても判断可能であるので, 「走行/停止」 の領域は省略する こともできる。 また, 各車両の進行方向および優先度データに基づいて, 優先か非優先の値が 「優先度」 の領域に格納される。 各車両の優先度には, 他のすべての車両に対し て優先的な通行が認められる場合にのみ 「優先」 の値が与えられ, 他の車両のう ち 1台でも優先的な通行が認められない場合には 「非優先」 の値が与えられる。 この車両情報には, さらに「進入可否」の領域が設けられてもよい。 「進入可否」 の領域が設けられる場合に, 処理 Z制御部 3 1は, 記憶部 3 4に記憶された各車 両 1の車両状況データと, 記憶部 3 4に記憶された信号機 進入可否対応データ (図 1 0参照) と, 信号機 7 a〜7 dの状態とに基づいて, 各車両 1の進入可否 を決定し, 決定した値 (進入許可, 進入禁止, または進入注意) を 「進入可否」 の領域に格納する。 たとえば, 車両 1が路側通信装置 2 aと通信 (すなわち R 1 1方向を走行 (直進, 左折, 右折を含む。)) している場合において, 全方向車両 情報送信時における R 1 1方向 (道路 R 1方向) の信号機 7 a ( 7 c ) の状態が 青である場合には, その車両情報の 「進入可否」 の領域には, 「進入許可」 が格納 される。 In other words, the processing control unit 31 stores, in the stored data stored in the storage unit 34, the vehicle status data in which the communication end time is not entered (that is, exists in each of the zones 5a to 5d, Vehicle status data of vehicle 1 communicating with 2). Then, the processing / control unit 31 converts the vehicle number, the traveling direction, the speed, and the traveling stop value of the extracted vehicle status data into the vehicle information “vehicle number”, “traveling direction”, “speed”, and It is stored in the area of "stop when running". Note that whether to run or stop can also be determined by the value of “speed”, so the “run / stop” area can be omitted. In addition, the priority or non-priority value is stored in the “priority” area based on the traveling direction and priority data of each vehicle. The priority of each vehicle is given a value of “priority” only if priority is given to all other vehicles, and priority is given to even one of the other vehicles. Otherwise, a value of "Non-priority" is given. This vehicle information may further include an area of “entry permission”. When the “entry permission” area is provided, the processing Z control unit 31 determines the vehicle entry data corresponding to the vehicle status data stored in the storage unit 34 and the traffic light entry availability stored in the storage unit 34. Based on the data (see Fig. 10) and the status of the traffic lights 7a to 7d, it is determined whether or not each vehicle 1 can enter, and the determined value (permission allowed, prohibited, or cautioned) is entered into "In the area. For example, if the vehicle 1 is communicating with the roadside communication device 2a (ie, traveling in the R11 direction (including straight ahead, left turn, right turn)), the R11 direction (road If the status of the traffic light 7a (7c) in the R1 direction) is blue, “Entry Permitted” is stored in the “Entry Permitted” area of the vehicle information.
車両が存在しないゾーンがある場合には, そのゾーンに対応する方向データの みが設けられ, その方向データに続く車両情報は設けられない。  If there is a zone where no vehicle exists, only the direction data corresponding to that zone is provided, and no vehicle information following that direction data is provided.
図 1 3に戻って, 各路側通信装置 2の処理 制御部 2 3は, 路側処理装置 3か ら I / F部 2 4を介して全方向車両情報を受信すると,この全方向車両情報から, 自己の管轄する方向 (ゾーン) 以外の方向 (ゾーン) の車両情報 (他方向の車両 情報) のみを選択し, 他方向の車両情報からなる, 同報通信用他方向車両情報を 作成する。 ここで, 「同報通信用」 という言葉を付けるのは, この他方向車両情報 は, ゾーン内のすべての車両に同報送信されるからであり, また, 後述する個別 車両情報に含まれる他方向車両情報と区別するためである。 そして, 処理 Z制御 部 2 3は, 無線部 2 2およびアンテナ 2 1を介して, この同報通信用他方向車両 情報を, 管轄するゾーン (車載装置 1 0 ) に送信する (ステップ S 1 1 )。  Returning to FIG. 13, when the processing control unit 23 of each roadside communication device 2 receives the omnidirectional vehicle information from the roadside processing device 3 via the I / F unit 24, Only the vehicle information (vehicle information in other directions) in the direction (zone) other than the direction (zone) under its control is selected, and the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast, consisting of vehicle information in other directions, is created. Here, the term “for broadcast” is used because this other-directional vehicle information is broadcast to all vehicles in the zone, and is included in the individual vehicle information described later. This is for distinguishing from the direction vehicle information. Then, the processing Z control unit 23 transmits this multi-directional vehicle information for broadcast to the zone (vehicle device 10) under its control via the radio unit 22 and the antenna 21 (step S11). ).
たとえば, 路側通信装置 2 aの処理/制御部 2 3は, 全方向車両情報から, 送 信先 「全路側通信装置」, 方向データ 「R 1 1方向」, および R l 1方向車両情報 以外の部分を選択し, 選択した部分を送信する。  For example, the processing / control unit 23 of the roadside communication device 2a determines from the omnidirectional vehicle information that the destination “all roadside communication device”, the direction data “R1 direction 1”, and the R1 direction vehicle information Select the part and send the selected part.
自己の管轄するゾーン (方向) の車両情報を除くのは, 同一の方向を走行する 車両同士に車両情報を提供する必要はないと考えられるからである。 もちろん, このような選択処理を行うことなく, 全方向車両情報をすベて車載装置 1 0に送 信してもよい。 Except for the vehicle information in the zone (direction) under your control, you must travel in the same direction. This is because it is not considered necessary to provide vehicle information between vehicles. Of course, all such omnidirectional vehicle information may be transmitted to the vehicle-mounted device 10 without performing such selection processing.
図 1 5は, 各路側通信装置 2から各管轄ゾーン 5 a〜5 dにそれぞれ送信され るデータ (フレーム) のデータ構造の一例を示している。 各路側通信装置 2から 各管轄ゾーン 5 a〜5 dへは,一定の長さのフレームが繰り返し送信されている。 各フレームは, 複数のスロッ トに分割されている。 先頭のスロッ トは制御スロッ トであり, 制御スロットに続いて, 同報ス口ットおよび複数の個別ス口ットが設 けられている。  Figure 15 shows an example of the data structure of data (frames) transmitted from each roadside communication device 2 to each of the control zones 5a to 5d. Frames of a fixed length are repeatedly transmitted from each roadside communication device 2 to each of the zones 5a to 5d. Each frame is divided into multiple slots. The first slot is the control slot. Following the control slot, a broadcast slot and multiple individual slots are provided.
「制御スロッ ト」 には, このフレームを送信した路側通信装置 2の路側通信装 置番号が格納されている。 路側通信装置 2の処理 Z制御部 2 3は, フレーム送信 (フレーム作成) 時に, 記憶部 2 5から自己の路側通信装置番号を読み出し, 制 御スロッ トのあらかじめ定められた箇所に自己の路側通信装置番号を格納する。 各車載装置 1 0の処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 制御ス口ット内の路側通信装置番号を読 み出し, 記憶部 1 6に格納する。 車両 1が左折または右折を行い, 通信を行う路 側通信装置 2が変更された場合には, これまで通信を行っていた路側通信装置 2 の路側通信装置番号と異なる路側通信装置番号が受信され, 記憶部 1 6に記憶さ れる。  The “control slot” stores the roadside communication device number of the roadside communication device 2 that transmitted this frame. Process of Roadside Communication Device 2 When transmitting a frame (creating a frame), the Z control unit 23 reads out its own roadside communication device number from the storage unit 25 and sends its own roadside communication number to a predetermined location in the control slot. Stores the device number. Processing of each in-vehicle device 10 The Z control unit 15 reads the roadside communication device number in the control slot and stores it in the storage unit 16. If the vehicle 1 makes a left or right turn and the roadside communication device 2 that performs communication changes, a roadside communication device number that is different from the roadside communication device number of the roadside communication device 2 that has been communicating so far is received. , And are stored in the storage unit 16.
また, 「制御スロット」 には, 車両 1を指定する情報としての車両番号と, その 車両番号の車両に与える情報を格納した個別スロッ トの番号 (チャネル番号) と の組も格納されている。 車両番号とチャネル番号との組は, 1つのフレーム内に ある個別スロッ トの個数分格納される。  The “control slot” also stores a set of a vehicle number as information for specifying vehicle 1 and an individual slot number (channel number) that stores information given to the vehicle with that vehicle number. The pairs of vehicle numbers and channel numbers are stored for the number of individual slots in one frame.
各車載装置 1 0の処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 制御スロット内に自己の車両番号があ るかどうかをチェックする。 そして, 処理/制御部 1 5は, 自己の車両番号があ る場合に, その車両番号と組となっているチャネル番号に従って, 当該チャネル 番号に対応する個別スロット内の情報を取り込み, 記憶部 1 6に記憶する。  Processing of each in-vehicle device 10 The Z control unit 15 checks whether or not its own vehicle number is in the control slot. When the processing / control unit 15 has its own vehicle number, the processing / control unit 15 fetches the information in the individual slot corresponding to the channel number according to the channel number paired with the vehicle number. Remember in 6.
「同報スロッ ト」 には, 路側通信装置 2と通信している車両 1のすべてが受信 する情報が含まれる。 すなわち, 路側通信装置 2と通信しているいずれの車載装 置 1 0も, この同報スロッ トに格納されている情報を取り込み, その記憶部 1 6 に記憶する。 したがって, 前述した他方向車両情報は, この同報スロッ トに格納 され, 送信される。 なお, 同報スロットに格納すべき情報がない場合には, 同報 スロット内のデータはたとえば "N U L L " ィ直にされる。 The “broadcast slot” includes information received by all of the vehicles 1 communicating with the roadside communication device 2. That is, any on-vehicle device 10 communicating with the roadside communication device 2 fetches the information stored in the broadcast slot and stores the information in the storage unit 16. To memorize. Therefore, the above-mentioned other direction vehicle information is stored and transmitted in this broadcast slot. If there is no information to be stored in the broadcast slot, the data in the broadcast slot is set to, for example, "NULL".
「個別スロッ ト」 には, 各車両に対して個別に与えられる個別情報 (たとえば 後述する個別車両情報) が格納される。 1つのゾーン内に存在する車両 1の個数 が 1フレーム内の個別スロッ トの個数を超える場合には, あるフレームの個別ス ロッ卜で送信できない車両に対する個別情報は, このフレーム以降の他のフレー ムの個別スロットに含められることとなる。  The “individual slot” stores individual information individually given to each vehicle (for example, individual vehicle information described later). If the number of vehicles 1 in one zone exceeds the number of individual slots in one frame, the individual information for vehicles that cannot be transmitted in the individual slot of a certain frame will be transmitted to other frames after this frame. Will be included in the individual slots of the system.
図 1 3に戻って, 車両 1の車載装置 1 0 (処理 制御部 1 5 ) は, 一定時間間 隔で, 路側通信装置 2からの電波を受信しているかどうかを検出する (ステップ S 1 )。この一定時間間隔は,路側処理装置 3が全方向車両情報を送信する間隔 (す なわち路側通信装置 2が他方向車両情報を送信する間隔)より短い方が好ましく, たとえば数十〜数百マイク口秒間隔等である。 各路側通信装置 2が送信する周波 数は異なるので, 車載装置 1 0の処理/制御部 1 5は, 各路側通信装置 2の周波 数を検出できるように無線部 1 2を制御する。  Returning to Fig. 13, the in-vehicle device 10 (the processing control unit 15) of the vehicle 1 detects whether or not the radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 is received at regular intervals (step S1). . This fixed time interval is preferably shorter than the interval at which the roadside processing device 3 transmits omnidirectional vehicle information (ie, the interval at which the roadside communication device 2 transmits other direction vehicle information). For example, several tens to several hundreds of microphones are used. Mouth-second intervals. Since the frequency transmitted by each roadside communication device 2 is different, the processing / control unit 15 of the on-vehicle device 10 controls the radio unit 12 so that the frequency of each roadside communication device 2 can be detected.
そして, 車両 1がゾーン 5 a〜5 dのいずれかに進入すると, その車載装置 1 0のアンテナ 1 1力 進行方向前方に位置する路側通信装置 2からの電波を受信 する。 たとえば, 車両 1が図 1に示す方向を走行し, ゾーン 5 aに進入した場合 には, 路側通信装置 2 aからの電波を受信する。  Then, when the vehicle 1 enters any of the zones 5a to 5d, the vehicle 1 receives the radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 located in front of the antenna 11 of the vehicle-mounted device 10 in the traveling direction. For example, when vehicle 1 travels in the direction shown in Fig. 1 and enters zone 5a, it receives radio waves from roadside communication device 2a.
受信した電波は, 無線部 1 2によってベースバンド周波数のディジタル信号に 変換され, 処理 制御部 1 5に与えられる。 これにより, 処理ノ制御部 1 5は, 電波を検出したと判断する (ステップ S 1で Y)。  The received radio wave is converted into a baseband frequency digital signal by the radio section 12 and given to the processing control section 15. As a result, the processing controller 15 determines that a radio wave has been detected (Y in step S1).
電波を検出したと判断すると, 処理 制御部 1 5は, 通信要求を, 無線部 1 2 およびアンテナ 1 1を介して, 進行方向前方に位置する路側通信装置 2に送信す る。 この通信要求には, 記憶部 1 6に記憶された車両番号および車両 I Dが含ま れる。 なお, この送信周波数は, 路側通信装置 2から受信した電波の周波数に対 応した周波数に調整される。  When determining that a radio wave has been detected, the processing control unit 15 transmits a communication request to the roadside communication device 2 located ahead in the traveling direction via the wireless unit 12 and the antenna 11. This communication request includes the vehicle number and the vehicle ID stored in the storage unit 16. This transmission frequency is adjusted to a frequency corresponding to the frequency of the radio wave received from the roadside communication device 2.
図 1 6は, 車載装置 1 0から路側通信装置 2に送信されるデータのデータ構造 の一例を示している。 車載装置 1 0から路側通信装置 2へも, 一定の長さのフレ ームの繰り返しで構成されている。 各フレームは, 図 1 5に示した, 路側通信装 置 2から車載装置 1 0に送信される各フレームと同期して (すなわち同じタイミ ングで) 送信される。 各フレームは, 複数のスロットに分割されている。 Fig. 16 shows an example of the data structure of the data transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10 to the roadside communication device 2. A fixed-length frame is also sent from the onboard device 10 to the roadside communication device 2. It consists of a repetition of the game. Each frame is transmitted in synchronization with (ie, at the same time as) each frame transmitted from the roadside communication device 2 to the vehicle-mounted device 10 shown in Fig. 15. Each frame is divided into multiple slots.
先頭のスロットは, 図 1 5の制御スロットに対応する部分であり, 空き領域と なっている。  The first slot is a part corresponding to the control slot in Fig. 15 and is an empty area.
次のスロットは, 車載装置 1 0が路側通信装置 2のいずれかに通信要求を送信 するために使用する通信要求用スロットである。 この通信要求用スロットは, 複 数の領域に分割されている。 車載装置 1 0の処理/制御部 1 5は, 通信要求用ス ロットに設けられた複数の領域の任意の 1つを選択し, この選択した領域に, 記 憶部 1 6に記憶された自己の車両番号および車両 I D , ならびに処理ノ制御部 1 5が有する時計の時刻を格納して送信する。  The next slot is a communication request slot used by the in-vehicle device 10 to transmit a communication request to one of the roadside communication devices 2. This communication request slot is divided into multiple areas. The processing / control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 selects an arbitrary one of a plurality of areas provided in the communication request slot, and stores the selected area in the storage area 16 in the selected area. The vehicle number and the vehicle ID, and the time of the clock of the processing control unit 15 are stored and transmitted.
通信要求スロットに続いて, 個別スロットが設けられている。 この個別スロッ トについては, 後述する。  An individual slot is provided after the communication request slot. This individual slot will be described later.
路側通信装置 2の処理ノ制御部 2 3は, 通信要求を受信すると (ステップ S 1 2で Y) ,通信要求に含まれる車両番号および車両 I Dを記憶部 2 5に一時的に記 憶 (車両登録) する (ステップ S 1 3 )。 一方, 通信要求を受信しない場合には, 処理 制御部 2 3の処理はステップ S 1 1に戻る。  Upon receiving the communication request (Y in step S12), the processing control unit 23 of the roadside communication device 2 temporarily stores the vehicle number and the vehicle ID included in the communication request in the storage unit 25 (the vehicle Registration) is done (step S13). On the other hand, when the communication request is not received, the processing of the processing control section 23 returns to step S11.
通信要求受信後直ちに, 処理 Z制御部 2 3は, 一方で, 受信した車両番号およ び車両 I Dに, 通信要求を受信した時刻 (またはこの車両情報を送信する時刻) および自己の路側通信装置番号を付加し, これらを車両情報として路側処理装置 3に送信する。  Immediately after receiving the communication request, the processing Z control unit 23, on the other hand, adds the time when the communication request was received (or the time when this vehicle information is transmitted) to the received vehicle number and vehicle ID and the own roadside communication device. A number is added and these are transmitted to the roadside processing device 3 as vehicle information.
また, 処理 制御部 2 3は, 他方で, 車載装置 1 0にチヤネノレ番号を送信し, チャネル割り当てを行う。 このチャネル番号は, たとえば, 制御スロット (図 1 5参照) 内に車両番号と組となって格納される。 したがって, 車載装置 1 0は, 制御スロット内に自己の車両番号を検出し, 検出した車両番号により, 自己に割 り当てられたチャネル番号を知ることができる。 さらに, 処理 制御部 2 3は, チャネル番号を, 割り当てた車両 1の車両番号と対応させて記憶プロック 2 5に 路側処理装置 3の処理/制御部 3 1は, 車両情報として車両番号, 車両 I D , および時間 (ならびに路側通信装置番号) を路側通信装置 2から I / F部 3 2を 介して受信すると, この路側通信装置番号に対応する路側通信装置 2の車両状況 データ (図 7参照) を記憶部 3 4に作成し, 作成した車両状況データに, 車両番 号, 車両 I D , および時間 (受信時刻または送信時刻) を登録する (ステップ S 2 2 )。 この時間は, 車両状況データの 「通信開始時間」 に登録される。 On the other hand, the processing control unit 23 transmits the channel number to the vehicle-mounted device 10 and performs channel assignment. This channel number is stored, for example, in a control slot (see Fig. 15) together with the vehicle number. Therefore, the in-vehicle device 10 can detect its own vehicle number in the control slot and know the channel number assigned to itself based on the detected vehicle number. Further, the processing control unit 23 associates the channel number with the assigned vehicle number of the vehicle 1 and stores it in the storage block 25. The processing / control unit 31 of the roadside processing device 3 stores the vehicle number and vehicle ID as vehicle information. , When the roadside communication device 2 receives the time and time (and the roadside communication device number) from the roadside communication device 2 via the I / F section 32, the vehicle status data (see Fig. 7) of the roadside communication device 2 corresponding to the roadside communication device number is stored. The vehicle number, vehicle ID, and time (reception time or transmission time) are registered in the vehicle status data created in section 34 (step S22). This time is registered in the “communication start time” of the vehicle status data.
一方, 車載装置 1 0は, 路側通信装置 2からチャネル番号を受信すると, 速度 検出,進行方向検出,および受信レベル検出を行う(ステップ S 2 )。速度検出は, 処理/制御部 1 5が, 速度メータ 1 7の値を読み込むことにより行われる。 進行 方向検出は, 処理 制御部 1 5がウィン力 1 8の点滅の有無を検知することによ り行われる。 左折用ウィン力のみが点滅している場合には, 進行方向は 「左折」 とされ, 右折用ウィン力のみが点滅している場合には, 進行方向は 「右折」 とさ れる。左折用ウィン力および右折用ウィン力の双方とも点滅していない場合には, 進行方向は 「直進」 とされる。 なお, 左折用ウィン力および右折用ウィン力の双 方が点滅している場合 (いわゆるハザード点滅の場合) には, 進行方向は 「直進」 とされる。  On the other hand, when receiving the channel number from the roadside communication device 2, the onboard device 10 performs speed detection, traveling direction detection, and reception level detection (step S2). Speed detection is performed by the processing / control unit 15 reading the value of the speed meter 17. The direction of travel is detected by the processing control unit 15 detecting the blinking of the win force 18. If only the left-turn win force is blinking, the direction of travel is “left turn”. If only the right-turn win force is blinking, the direction of travel is “right turn”. If neither the left-turn win power nor the right-turn win power is blinking, the direction of travel is straight. If both the left-turn win force and the right-turn win force are blinking (so-called hazard blinking), the traveling direction is “straight ahead”.
受信レベル検出は, 処理/制御部 1 5が路側通信装置 2からの受信電波の強度 [ d B m] を検知することにより行われる。  The reception level is detected by the processing / control unit 15 detecting the intensity [dBm] of the radio wave received from the roadside communication device 2.
続いて, 車載装置 1 0の処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 車両 1の走行 Z停止判定を行う (ステップ S 3 )。 この走行 停止判定は, 処理 制御部 1 5が, 速度メータ 1 7 の値が 0かそれ以外の値であるかを判定することにより行われる。 速度メータ 1 7の値が 0である場合には「停止」 と判断され, それ以外の値である場合には「走 行」 と判断される。  Subsequently, the processing Z control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 determines the traveling Z stop of the vehicle 1 (step S3). This traveling stop determination is performed by the processing control unit 15 determining whether the value of the speed meter 17 is 0 or any other value. If the value of the speed meter 17 is 0, it is judged as “stop”, and if it is any other value, it is judged as “running”.
次に, 処理ノ制御部 1 5は, 自車両情報を作成し, 作成した自車両情報を, チ ャネル番号により指定された個別スロッ ト (図 1 6参照) を用いて路側通信装置 2に送信する (ステップ S 4 )。 この自車両情報は, 図 1 6に示すように, 車両番 号, 進行方向, 走行/停止, 速度, および受信レベルを有する。  Next, the processing control unit 15 creates own-vehicle information and transmits the created own-vehicle information to the roadside communication device 2 using the individual slot (see Fig. 16) specified by the channel number. Yes (step S4). As shown in Fig. 16, this vehicle information includes the vehicle number, traveling direction, running / stop, speed, and reception level.
路側通信装置 2は, 車載装置 1 0から自車両情報を受信すると, 受信した自車 両情報に, 送信元データとしての自己の路側通信装置番号を付加して, 路側処理 装置 3に送信する (ステップ S 1 4 )。 路側処理装置 3の処理/制御部 3 1は, 路側通信装置番号が付加された車両情 報を路側通信装置 2から受信すると, 受信した車両情報を, 記憶部 3 4に記憶し た車両状況データに登録する(ステップ S 2 3 )。すなわち,処理 Z制御部 3 1は, 各路側通信装置 2の車両状況データ (図 7参照) の中から, 路側通信装置番号に 対応した車両状況データを選択する。 そして, 処理 Z制御部 3 1は, 選択した車 両状況データの中から, 受信した車両情報に含まれる車両番号に対応する 「進行 方向」, 「速度」, および 「走行 Z停止」 の各欄に, 受信したそれらの情報を登録す る。 When the roadside communication device 2 receives the own vehicle information from the onboard device 10, the roadside communication device 2 adds its own roadside communication device number as transmission source data to the received own vehicle information and transmits the information to the roadside processing device 3 ( Step S14). When the processing / control unit 31 of the roadside processing device 3 receives the vehicle information to which the roadside communication device number is added from the roadside communication device 2, the received vehicle information is stored in the vehicle status data stored in the storage unit 34. (Step S23). That is, the processing Z control unit 31 selects the vehicle situation data corresponding to the roadside communication device number from the vehicle situation data of each roadside communication device 2 (see Fig. 7). Then, from the selected vehicle status data, the processing Z control unit 31 selects the “traveling direction”, “speed”, and “traveling Z stop” fields corresponding to the vehicle number included in the received vehicle information. Then, the received information is registered.
続いて, 処理/制御部 3 1は, 車両情報を送信した車両 1に対して個別車両情 報を作成し送信する (ステップ S 2 4〜S 2 6 )。  Subsequently, the processing / control unit 31 creates and transmits individual vehicle information to the vehicle 1 that transmitted the vehicle information (steps S24 to S26).
すなわち, まず, 処理 Z制御部 3 1は, 関連する他方向の車両 (以下 「他方向 車両」 という。) の車両情報を車両状況データから選択する (ステップ S 2 4 )。 That is, first, the processing Z control unit 31 selects the vehicle information of the related vehicle in the other direction (hereinafter, referred to as “other direction vehicle”) from the vehicle situation data (step S24).
「他方向車両の車両情報」 は, 個別車両情報の送信先の車両 1 (以下 「送信先車 两 J という。)が通信している路側通信装置 2以外の路側通信装置 2と通信中の車 両の車両情報であり, かつ, 車両情報選択データ (図 8参照) に基づいて送信す る必要があると判断された車両情報である。 The “vehicle information of the other direction vehicle” is a vehicle that is communicating with the roadside communication device 2 other than the roadside communication device 2 that is communicating with the vehicle 1 (hereinafter, “destination vehicle 两 J”) to which the individual vehicle information is transmitted. These are both vehicle information, and the vehicle information determined to need to be transmitted based on the vehicle information selection data (see Fig. 8).
たとえば, 送信先車両が R 1 1方向でゾーン 5 aに進入し, 路側通信装置 2 a と通信している場合には, R 1 2方向, R 2 1方向, または R 2 2方向の路側通 信装置 2 b , 2 c , および 2 dと通信中の車両の車両情報 (すなわち通信終了時 間が記入されていない車両の車两情報) が車両状況データから選択される。 各車 両の進行方向 (直進, 左折, 右折) とは関係しない。 次に, 選択された車両状況 データから, 車両情報選択データ (図 8参照) において丸印が記入された関係に ある車両情報が, 送信先車両の進行方向および他方向車両の進行方向に基づいて 選択される。  For example, if the destination vehicle enters zone 5a in direction R11 and is communicating with roadside communication device 2a, roadside traffic in direction R12, direction R21, or direction R22 is assumed. Vehicle information of vehicles communicating with the communication devices 2b, 2c, and 2d (that is, vehicle information of vehicles for which communication end time is not entered) is selected from the vehicle situation data. It is not related to the direction of travel of each vehicle (straight ahead, left turn, right turn). Next, based on the selected vehicle status data, the vehicle information related to the circles in the vehicle information selection data (see Fig. 8) is determined based on the traveling direction of the destination vehicle and the traveling direction of the other direction vehicle. Selected.
続いて, 処理 制御部 3 1は, 道路による付加情報 (本実施の形態では進入可 否および優先度) を信号機状態/進入可否対応データおよび優先度データに基づ いて付加する (ステップ S 2 5 )。  Subsequently, the processing control unit 31 adds additional information based on the road (in this embodiment, entry permission / inhibition and priority) based on the traffic light state / entry permission correspondence data and priority data (step S25). ).
進入可否については, 前述したように, 送信先車両および他方向車両の各進行 方向と信号機状態/進入可否対応データとに基づいて, 送信先車両および他方向 車両の 「進入許可」, 「進入注意」, または 「進入禁止」 が選択される。 As described above, the entry possibility is determined based on the traveling direction of the destination vehicle and the other direction vehicle and the traffic light status / access possibility correspondence data. "Entry allowed", "Attention", or "Entry prohibited" of the vehicle is selected.
たとえば, 送信先車両の進入方向が R 1 1方向であり, R 1方向の信号機の状 態が赤である場合には, 送信先車両の 「進入可否」 は「進入禁止」 となる。 また, 他方向車両の進入方向が R 2 1方向であり, R 2方向の信号機の状態が青である 場合には, 他方向車両の 「進入可否」 は 「進入許可」 となる。  For example, if the direction of entry of the destination vehicle is the R11 direction and the status of the traffic light in the R1 direction is red, the “enterability” of the destination vehicle is “no entry”. If the approach direction of the other direction vehicle is the R21 direction and the traffic light status in the R2 direction is green, the “enterability” of the other direction vehicle is “entry permitted”.
優先度についても, 前述したように, 送信先車両および他方向車両の各進行方 向と優先度データとに基づいて, 送信先車両の優先度および他方向車両の優先度 が選択される。  As for the priority, as described above, the priority of the destination vehicle and the priority of the other direction vehicle are selected based on the traveling direction and the priority data of the destination vehicle and the other direction vehicle.
続いて, 処理 制御部 3 1は, 該当車両の個別車両情報を作成し, 作成した個 別車両情報を, 送信先車両 1と通信している路側通信装置 2に送信する。 路側通 信装置 2の処理/制御装置 2 3は, 路側処理装置 3から個別車両情報を受信する と,受信した個別車両情報を,図 1 5に示すフレームの個別スロットに格納して, 管轄するゾーン内に送信する。 個別車両情報が格納される個別スロッ トは, 送信 先車両に割り当てられたチャネルの個別スロットである。  Subsequently, the processing control unit 31 creates the individual vehicle information of the relevant vehicle, and transmits the created individual vehicle information to the roadside communication device 2 that is communicating with the destination vehicle 1. When the processing / control device 23 of the roadside communication device 2 receives the individual vehicle information from the roadside processing device 3, the processing / control device 23 stores the received individual vehicle information in the individual slot of the frame shown in FIG. Send within the zone. The individual slot in which the individual vehicle information is stored is the individual slot of the channel assigned to the destination vehicle.
個別車両情報は, 図 1 5に示すように, 自車両情報および他方向車両情報を有 する。 自車両情報は, 個別車両情報を送信する路側通信装置 2の路側通信装置番 号, 送信先車両の車両番号, 進行方向, 走行 停止, 進入可否, および優先度を 有する。 他方向車両情報は, 本実施の形態では 3方向の車両情報となるので, 3 つの他方向車両情報から構成される。  As shown in Fig. 15, the individual vehicle information has own vehicle information and other direction vehicle information. The own vehicle information includes the roadside communication device number of the roadside communication device 2 that transmits the individual vehicle information, the vehicle number of the destination vehicle, the traveling direction, the traveling stop, whether or not to enter, and the priority. Since the other direction vehicle information is three-way vehicle information in the present embodiment, it is composed of three other direction vehicle information.
これら 3つの他方向車両情報は, 路側処理装置 3により, 送信先車両の進入方 向に対して一定の順序で並べられている。 たとえば, 3つの他方向車両情報のう ちの先頭のものは, 送信先車両の進入方向 (たとえば R l 1方向とする。) に対し て対向する方向 (R 1 2方向) の車両情報である。 次のものは, 送信先車両の進 入方向に対して左から進入する方向 (R 2 1方向) の車両情報であり, 最後のも のは, 送信先車両の進入方向に対して右から進入する方向 (R 2 2方向) の車両 情報である。 このように, 他車両情報が送信先車両の進入方向に対して一定の順 序に並べられているので, 車載装置 1 0は, 自車両 1と他車両との位置関係を知 ることができる。  These three other direction vehicle information are arranged by the roadside processing device 3 in a fixed order with respect to the approach direction of the destination vehicle. For example, the head of the three other-direction vehicle information is the vehicle information in the direction (R12 direction) opposite to the approach direction of the destination vehicle (for example, the R11 direction). The following is the vehicle information in the direction of entry from the left with respect to the direction of entry of the destination vehicle (R21 direction). The last one is entry from the right with respect to the direction of entry of the destination vehicle. This is the vehicle information of the direction in which the vehicle moves (R22 direction). In this way, since the other vehicle information is arranged in a certain order with respect to the approach direction of the destination vehicle, the on-board device 10 can know the positional relationship between the own vehicle 1 and the other vehicle. .
車載装置 1 0は, 路側通信装置 2から個別車両情報を受信すると, 受信した個 別車両情報の処理を行う (ステップ S 5 )。 図 1 7は, 個別車両情報の処理の詳細 な流れを示すフローチヤ一トである。 When receiving the individual vehicle information from the roadside communication device 2, the onboard device 10 Processing of separate vehicle information is performed (step S5). Figure 17 is a flowchart showing the detailed flow of processing individual vehicle information.
車載装置 1 0の処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 受信した個別車両情報が使用可能な情報 であるかどうかを判断する (ステップ S 3 1〜S 3 3 )。 この判断は, 受信した個 別車両情報が, ステップ S 4において車両情報を送信した送信先の路側通信装置 2からのものであるかどう力、(ステップ S 3 1 ) , 受信した個別車両情報が自車両 に対するものであるかどう力、 (ステップ S 3 2 ), および, 自車両の進行方向が, ステップ S 4において車両情報を送信した時の進行方向と同じかどうか (ステツ プ S 3 3 ) を判断することにより行われる。  Processing of In-Vehicle Device 10 The Z control unit 15 determines whether the received individual vehicle information is usable information (steps S31 to S33). This determination determines whether the received individual vehicle information is from the roadside communication device 2 that transmitted the vehicle information in step S4, (step S31), and whether the received individual vehicle information is Whether the force is for the own vehicle, (Step S32), and whether the own vehicle's traveling direction is the same as the traveling direction when the vehicle information was transmitted in Step S4 (Step S33) It is performed by judging.
ステップ S 3 1の判断は, 受信した個別車両情報の自車両情報に含まれる路側 通信装置番号と, 記憶部 1 6に記憶されている路側通信装置番号とを比較するこ とにより行われる。 両路側通信番号が同じ場合には, 受信した個別車両情報は, ステップ S 4において車両情報を送信した送信先の路側通信装置 2からのもので あることとなる。  The determination in step S31 is made by comparing the roadside communication device number included in the own vehicle information of the received individual vehicle information with the roadside communication device number stored in the storage unit 16. If the two roadside communication numbers are the same, the received individual vehicle information is from the roadside communication device 2 to which the vehicle information was transmitted in step S4.
ステップ S 3 2の判断は, 受信した個別車両情報の自車両情報に含まれる車両 番号と, 記憶部 1 6に記憶された車両番号とを比較することにより行われる。 両 車両番号が同じ場合には, 受信した個別車両情報は自車両に対するものとなる。 ステップ S 3 3の判断は, 受信した個別車両情報の自車両情報に含まれる進行 方向と, 現在の自車両の進行方向とを比較することにより行われる。 現在の自車 両の進行方向は, 前述したのと同様にウィン力 1 8の点滅の有無により判断され る。  The determination in step S32 is made by comparing the vehicle number included in the own vehicle information of the received individual vehicle information with the vehicle number stored in the storage unit 16. If the vehicle numbers are the same, the received individual vehicle information is for the own vehicle. The determination in step S33 is performed by comparing the traveling direction included in the own vehicle information of the received individual vehicle information with the current traveling direction of the own vehicle. The current traveling direction of the vehicle is determined by the presence or absence of blinking of the win force 18, as described above.
ステップ S 3 1〜S 3 3の判断がすべて Y e sである場合には, 受信した個別 車両情報は使用可能なものとされ, 処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 個別車両情報の自車両 情報に含まれる進入可否データおよび優先度データに基づいて注意, 警告, 制動 等の処理を行う。  If the determinations in steps S31 to S33 are all Yes, the received individual vehicle information is considered usable, and the processing Z control unit 15 includes the individual vehicle information in the own vehicle information of the individual vehicle information. Attention, warning, braking, etc. are performed based on the entry availability data and priority data.
たとえば, 自車両情報に含まれる進入可否データが 「進入禁止」 である場合に おいて, 速度メータ 1 7により検出された速度が所定の閾値以上であるときは, 処理 制御部 1 5は自車両に対して制動をかけたり, 運転者に注意ないしは警告 (たとえば 「制動をかけよ。」 等) を発したりすることができる。 注意 警告は, 表示部 1 3による表示およびスピーカ部 1 4による音声通知の双方またはいずれ か一方により行うことができる。 また, 運転手の触覚に訴えることにより, 注意 /警告を発することもできる。 たとえば, 車両 1の運転者の身体に接している部 分の一部を, 運転に支障を与えない程度に振動させることにより, 注意 警告を 発することもできる。 For example, if the entry permission data included in the host vehicle information is “entry prohibited” and the speed detected by the speed meter 17 is equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold, the processing control unit 15 sets Can be braked, and the driver can be warned or warned (eg, "Brake on."). Caution Warning The display can be performed by both or one of display by the display unit 13 and voice notification by the speaker unit 14. Attention / warning can also be issued by appealing to the driver's tactile sensation. For example, a caution warning can be issued by vibrating a part of the vehicle 1 that is in contact with the driver's body so as not to hinder driving.
また, 所定の閾値を大小 2つ設け, 車両 1の速度が大きな閾値以上である場合 には, 制動をかけ, 大きな閾値未満小さな閾値以上である場合には, 警告を発す ることもできる。  Also, two predetermined thresholds are set, and if the speed of the vehicle 1 is equal to or higher than the large threshold, braking is applied, and if the speed of the vehicle 1 is less than the small threshold and equal to or greater than the small threshold, a warning can be issued.
さらに, 速度に加えて, 自車両の交差点 Xにおける位置をも考慮して, 制動, 警告等を行うこともできる。 自車両の交差点 Xにおける位置は, 路側通信装置 2 からの電波の受信レベルと, 受信レベル関数とに基づいて求めることができる。 すなわち, 車載装置 1 0の処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 受信レベルと受信レベル関数と に基づいて, ゾーン内における自車両の相対的な位置を求めることができる。 そ して, 交差点 Xにおけるゾーンの領域はあらかじめ判明しているので, 処理 制 御部 1 5は, ゾーン内における相対的な位置から, 自車両の交差点 Xにおける位 置 (絶対的な位置) を求めることができる。  Furthermore, braking, warning, etc. can be performed taking into account the position of the host vehicle at the intersection X in addition to the speed. The position of the vehicle at intersection X can be obtained based on the reception level of the radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 and the reception level function. That is, the processing Z control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 can obtain the relative position of the own vehicle in the zone based on the reception level and the reception level function. Since the area of the zone at the intersection X is known in advance, the processing control unit 15 determines the position (absolute position) of the own vehicle at the intersection X from the relative position within the zone. You can ask.
続いて, 処理 Z制御部 1 5は, 個別車両情報に含まれる他車両情報による情報 を運転者に提供する (ステップ S 3 5 )。 たとえば, 自車両の進入方向が R 1 1方 向であり, かつ, 進行方向が直進である場合において, 進入方向が対向する R 1 2方向であり, かつ,進行方向が右折である車両が存在するときは, 「右折車両あ り。 右折車両に注意するように。」 等の情報 (注意) を運転手に提供することがで きる。 また, 自車両が非優先である場合には, 「優先車両あり。」 等の情報を運転 者に提供することもできる。 これらの情報も, 表示部 1 3およびスピーカ部 1 4 の双方またはいずれか一方を使用して行うことができるし, 触覚に訴えて行うこ ともできる。  Subsequently, the processing Z control unit 15 provides the information based on the other vehicle information included in the individual vehicle information to the driver (step S35). For example, if the approach direction of the own vehicle is R11 and the traveling direction is straight ahead, there is a vehicle whose approach direction is the opposite R12 direction and the traveling direction is right turn. In such a case, the driver can be provided with information (caution) such as "There is a right-turning vehicle. Be careful with right-turning vehicles." In addition, when the own vehicle has no priority, information such as “there is a priority vehicle” can be provided to the driver. Such information can also be obtained by using the display unit 13 and / or the speaker unit 14 or by appealing to the sense of touch.
一方, ステップ S 3 1〜ステップ S 3 2のいずれかにおいて N oである場合に は, 受信した個別車両情報は使用できないものとして廃棄される (ステップ S 3 6 )。 廃棄後, 後述するように, 再び, 新たな個別車両情報が受信される。 これに より, 車載装置 1 0は, 正確な自車両情報および他車両情報に基づいて, 運転者 に適切な情報を提供することができる。 On the other hand, if No in any of steps S31 to S32, the received individual vehicle information is discarded as unusable (step S36). After discarding, new individual vehicle information is received again as described later. As a result, the on-board device 10 can determine the driver's information based on accurate host vehicle information and other vehicle information. Can provide appropriate information.
図 1 7に示す処理の流れの一部を,図 1 8に示すように変更することもできる。 図 1 8において, 図 1 7と同じ処理には, 同じ符号を付している。 図 1 8では, ステップ S 3 3において, 自車両情報に含まれる進行方向が現在の自車両の進行 方向と同じでない場合であっても (ステップ S 3 3で N),個別車両情報に含まれ る他車両情報は使用できるものとして, 他車両情報が運転手に提供される (ステ ップ S 3 7 )。 それ以外の点は, 図 1 7と同じである。  A part of the processing flow shown in FIG. 17 can be changed as shown in FIG. In Fig. 18, the same processes as those in Fig. 17 are denoted by the same reference numerals. In Fig. 18, in step S33, even if the traveling direction included in the own vehicle information is not the same as the current traveling direction of the own vehicle (N in step S33), it is included in the individual vehicle information. The other vehicle information is used, and the other vehicle information is provided to the driver (step S37). The other points are the same as in Fig. 17.
図 1 3に戻って,車載装置 1 0の処理/制御部 1 5は,個別車両情報の処理(ス テツプ S 5 ) に続いて, 路側通信装置 2からの受信電波が遮断したかどうかを判 断する (ステップ S 6 )。 この判断は, 路側通信装置 2からの受信レベルが, 認識 できるレベルより小さくなつたか (すなわち受信検知できなくなつたか) どうか により行われる。 認識できるレベルより小さくなつた場合には, 電波が遮断した と判断される。  Returning to Fig. 13, following the processing of the individual vehicle information (step S5), the processing / control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 determines whether or not the radio wave received from the roadside communication device 2 has been interrupted. Disconnect (step S6). This determination is made based on whether or not the reception level from the roadside communication device 2 is lower than a recognizable level (that is, whether or not reception cannot be detected). If it becomes lower than the recognizable level, it is determined that the radio wave has been cut off.
電波が遮断していない場合には (ステップ S 6で N) , 車載装置 1 0は, 再びス テツプ S 2から S 5の処理を繰り返す。 これにより, 新たな自車両情報が車載装 置 1 0から路側通信装置 2および路側処理装置 3に送信され, 新たな自車両情報 に基づく更新された個別車両情報が車載装置 1 0に送信される。  If the radio wave is not interrupted (N in step S6), the vehicle-mounted device 10 repeats the processing of steps S2 to S5 again. As a result, new own vehicle information is transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10 to the roadside communication device 2 and the roadside processing device 3, and updated individual vehicle information based on the new vehicle information is transmitted to the vehicle-mounted device 10. .
この繰り返しの周期は, 処理/制御部 1 5 , 2 3および 3 1の処理速度, これ らの装置間の通信速度, 車両 1の個数等に依存するが, 近年のマイクロプロセッ サの高速化等により, 一般に数ミリ秒である。 したがって, 個別車両情報は, ほ ぼリアルタイムに更新され,各車両 1の車載装置 1 0に送信される。これにより, 交差点 Xにおける車両の状況が路側装置(路側通信装置 2および路側処理装置 3 ) にほぼリアルタイムに通知されるとともに, 車両 1にもほぼリアルタイムに通知 される。  The cycle of this repetition depends on the processing speed of the processing / controllers 15, 23, and 31, the communication speed between these devices, the number of vehicles 1, and other factors. Thus, it is generally several milliseconds. Therefore, the individual vehicle information is updated almost in real time and transmitted to the vehicle-mounted device 10 of each vehicle 1. As a result, the status of the vehicle at the intersection X is notified to the roadside device (roadside communication device 2 and roadside processing device 3) almost in real time, and the vehicle 1 is also notified almost in real time.
また, 交差点 Xへの進入前だけでなく, 進入後においても, 情報が車両 1に提 供されるので, 運転者は, 交差点への進入前から進入中, 離脱に至るまでの間, 交差点の車両の状況を知ることができる。 その結果, 交通事故をより一層効果的 に防止することができる。  Also, the information is provided to the vehicle 1 not only before entering the intersection X, but also after entering, so that the driver is not required to enter the intersection before entering or leaving the intersection. You can know the status of the vehicle. As a result, traffic accidents can be prevented even more effectively.
一方,電波が遮断している場合には(ステップ S 6で Y) ,処理/制御部 1 5は, 他のゾーンを管轄する路側通信装置 2からの電波を検出したかどうかを判断する (ステップ S 7 )。 たとえば, 車両 1が R l 1方向から右折した場合に, 処理 制 御部 1 5は, 右折後, ゾーン 5 bを管轄する路側通信装置 2 bからの電波を検出 することとなる (図 1参照)。 On the other hand, if the radio wave is blocked (Y in step S6), the processing / control unit 15 It is determined whether a radio wave from the roadside communication device 2 that controls another zone is detected (step S7). For example, if the vehicle 1 makes a right turn from the R11 direction, the processing control unit 15 will detect radio waves from the roadside communication device 2b that controls the zone 5b after turning right (see Fig. 1). ).
他のゾーンの電波を検出した場合には (ステップ S 7で Y), 車載装置 1 0は, 当該他ゾーンを管轄する路側通信装置 2との間で, ステップ S 2から S 5の処理 を繰り返す。一方,他のゾーンの電波を検出しない場合には(ステップ S 7で Ν) , 車両 1は, 交差点 Xから離脱したことになるので, 交差点システムにおける処理 は終了する。  If a radio wave in another zone is detected (Y in step S7), the vehicle-mounted device 10 repeats the processes in steps S2 to S5 with the roadside communication device 2 in charge of the other zone. . On the other hand, if the radio waves of other zones are not detected (Ν in step S7), vehicle 1 has left intersection X, and the processing in the intersection system ends.
路側通信装置 2の処理/制御部 2 3は, 車載装置 1からの電波が遮断した場合 (すなわち, ステップ S 4の処理による車両情報が車載装置 1 0から一定時間以 上送信されなくなった場合) には, 車載装置 1 0との間での通信を終了したもの と判断する (ステップ S 1 5 )。 そして, 処理/"制御部 2 3は, その車載装置 1 0 の車両番号と, 通信終了と判断した時間とを路側処理装置 3に送信する (ステツ プ S 1 5 )。  The processing / control unit 23 of the roadside communication device 2 executes the process when the radio wave from the vehicle-mounted device 1 is interrupted (that is, when the vehicle information by the processing in step S4 is not transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10 for a certain period of time or longer). In step S15, it is determined that communication with the in-vehicle device 10 has been completed. Then, the processing / "control unit 23 transmits the vehicle number of the vehicle-mounted device 10 and the time at which the communication is determined to be ended to the roadside processing device 3 (step S15).
路側処理装置 3の処理/制御部 3 1は, これらの車両番号および時間を受信す ると, 受信した車両番号に対応する車両状況データの通信終了時間に, 受信した 時間を登録する (ステップ S 2 7 )。  When receiving the vehicle number and the time, the processing / control unit 31 of the roadside processing device 3 registers the received time in the communication end time of the vehicle status data corresponding to the received vehicle number (Step S). 2 7).
このように, 本実施の形態によると, 個別車両情報が各車両 1に与えられるの で, 各車両 1 (車載装置 1 0 ) に, 他の路側通信装置 2により捕捉されている車 両の情報を提供することができる。  As described above, according to the present embodiment, since the individual vehicle information is given to each vehicle 1, the information of the vehicle captured by the other roadside communication device 2 is provided to each vehicle 1 (in-vehicle device 10). Can be provided.
また, 本実施の形態によると, 同報通信用他方向車両情報も各車両 1に送信さ れる。 したがって, この同報通信用他方向車両情報により, 他方向の車両の情報 を運転者に通知することもできる。 特に, 車載装置 1 0の無線部 1 2が受信機能 のみを備え, 送信機能を備えていない場合に, このような車両は, 自車両情報を 送信することができず, したがって, 個別車両情報も受信されない。 しかし, こ のような車両に対しても, 他方向の車両の情報を提供することができる。  Further, according to the present embodiment, the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast is also transmitted to each vehicle 1. Therefore, the driver can be informed of the information of the vehicle in the other direction by the broadcast other-direction vehicle information. In particular, if the radio section 12 of the on-board device 10 has only a receiving function and no transmitting function, such a vehicle cannot transmit its own vehicle information, and therefore the individual vehicle information is also not available. Not received. However, information on vehicles in other directions can be provided to such vehicles.
なお, 信号機 7 a〜7 dの状態が路側処理装置 3に送信されない場合には, 信 号機 7 a〜7 dの状態に基づく進入可否の情報は個別車両情報から省略されるこ ととなる。 If the status of the traffic lights 7a to 7d is not transmitted to the roadside processing device 3, the information on whether or not to enter based on the status of the traffic lights 7a to 7d may be omitted from the individual vehicle information. And
また, ステップ S Iにおいて, 車載装置 1 0が受信する信号は, その時の交差 点 Xの状況によっては, 同報通信用他方向車両情報ではなく, 他の車両に送信す るための個別車両情報を運ぶ信号の場合もある。  In step SI, the signal received by the on-vehicle device 10 is not the other-directional vehicle information for broadcasting, but the individual vehicle information to be transmitted to another vehicle, depending on the situation of the intersection X at that time. It may be a signal to carry.
さらに, 同報通信用他方向車両情報は, 一定時間間隔ではなく, 交差点 Xの状 況に変化があった場合に送信することもできる。  In addition, the other-directional vehicle information for broadcasting can be transmitted when the status of the intersection X changes, rather than at fixed time intervals.
またさらに, 本実施の形態では, 車載装置 1 0が速度メータ 1 7の値により車 両 1の速度を求めているが, 路側通信装置 2が車両 1の速度を求めることもでき る。 たとえば, 路側通信装置 2の記憶部 2 5には, 受信レベル関数があらかじめ 記憶される。 また, 車載装置 1 0は, 受信レベルを含む自車両情報をフレームご と (4 M [ b p s ] の通信速度では約 5ミリ秒間隔) に送信する。  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the on-vehicle device 10 determines the speed of the vehicle 1 based on the value of the speed meter 17, but the roadside communication device 2 can also determine the speed of the vehicle 1. For example, the storage unit 25 of the roadside communication device 2 stores a reception level function in advance. The in-vehicle device 10 transmits the own vehicle information including the reception level every frame (at approximately 5 ms intervals at a communication speed of 4 M [bps]).
路側通信装置 2側では, 処理/制御部 2 3が, 各フレームの自車両情報を受信 するごとに, その自車両情報に含まれる受信レベルと記憶部 2 5に記憶された受 信レベル関数とに基づいて, 車両 1の位置を求める。 そして, 処理 Z制御部 2 3 は, 各フレームごとの位置の変化を, その変化に要する時間 (たとえば約 5ミリ 秒) で除算することにより, 車両 1 の速度を求める。 また, 路側通信装置 2は, 受信レベルの変化の有無, または, この速度の から, 車両 1の走行 Z停止を判 断することもできる。  On the roadside communication device 2 side, each time the processing / control unit 23 receives the own vehicle information of each frame, the processing / control unit 23 receives the reception level included in the own vehicle information and the reception level function stored in the storage unit 25. The position of vehicle 1 is determined based on Then, the processing Z control unit 23 obtains the speed of the vehicle 1 by dividing the change in position for each frame by the time required for the change (for example, about 5 ms). In addition, the roadside communication device 2 can determine whether the vehicle 1 has stopped traveling Z based on the presence or absence of a change in the reception level or the speed.
第 1の実施の形態では, 左側通行の道路に対して適用された交差点システムを 説明した力 S,右側通行の道路に対しても,本発明を同様に適用することができる。 また, T字路の交差点, 3本以上の道路が交差する交差点等にも本発明を同様に 適用することができる。 以下に説明する実施の形態についても同様である。  In the first embodiment, the present invention can be similarly applied to a force S describing an intersection system applied to a left-hand traffic road, and a right-hand traffic road. In addition, the present invention can be similarly applied to intersections of T-shaped roads, intersections where three or more roads intersect, and the like. The same applies to the embodiments described below.
2 . 第 2の実施の形態  2. Second Embodiment
第 1の実施の形態における自車両情報 (図 1 6参照) に, 交差点 Xにおける自 車両の位置を付加し, または, 受信レベルに置換して含めることができる。  The position of the own vehicle at the intersection X can be added to the own vehicle information (see Fig. 16) in the first embodiment, or replaced by the reception level.
交差点 Xにおける自車両の位置は, 前述したように, 路側通信装置 2からの電 波の受信レベルと受信レベル関数とに基づいて処理ノ制御部 1 5により求められ る。  As described above, the position of the own vehicle at the intersection X is obtained by the processing control unit 15 based on the reception level of the electric wave from the roadside communication device 2 and the reception level function.
この場合に, 図 7に示す車両状況データには, 各車両の 「位置」 データが付加 されてもよく, また, 全方向車両情報, 同報通信用他方向車両情報, および個別 車両情報の少なくとも 1つに 「位置」 データが含まれてもよい。 In this case, the “position” data of each vehicle is added to the vehicle situation data shown in Fig. 7. In addition, “position” data may be included in at least one of the omnidirectional vehicle information, the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast communication, and the individual vehicle information.
3 . 第 3の実施の形態  3. Third Embodiment
第 1の実施の形態または第 2の実施の形態において, 交差点 Xが信号機 7 a〜 7 dを有しない場合には,前述した図 1 1 Aおよび 1 1 Bに示す優先度データに, 図 1 9に示す新たな優先度データを加え, これら両優先度データに基づいて優先 度を決定することができる。  In the first or second embodiment, if the intersection X does not have the traffic lights 7a to 7d, the priority data shown in FIGS. The new priority data shown in Fig. 9 can be added, and the priority can be determined based on these two priority data.
図 1 9は, 図 2 0 (交差点の平面図) に示す道路 R 1が道路 R 2に対して優先 道路である場合の優先データを示している。 図 1 9の優先度データの各欄の意味 は, 図 1 1に示すものと同じである。  Fig. 19 shows priority data when road R1 shown in Fig. 20 (plan view of the intersection) is a priority road with respect to road R2. The meaning of each column of the priority data in Fig. 19 is the same as that shown in Fig. 11.
なお, 図 1 9では, 車両 Aと車両 Dとの関係, 車両 Cと車両 Bとの関係, およ び車両 Cと車両 Dとの関係は省略されているが, これらの関係も図 1 9と同様の 内容となる。  Note that in Fig. 19, the relationship between vehicle A and vehicle D, the relationship between vehicle C and vehicle B, and the relationship between vehicle C and vehicle D are omitted. The content is the same as.
4 . 第 4の実施の形態  4. Fourth Embodiment
本発明の第 4の実施の形態による交差点システムは, T字路に関するものであ る。 図 2 1は, 2本の道路 R 1および R 3がほぼ直角に交差する T字路の交差点 Yの平面図 (上面図) である。 第 1の実施の形態 (図 1 ) と同じ構成要素には同 じ符号を付し, その詳細な説明を省略することとする。  The intersection system according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention relates to a T-junction. Figure 21 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection Y of a T-shaped road where two roads R1 and R3 intersect at a substantially right angle. The same components as those in the first embodiment (FIG. 1) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
道路 R 3は, 交差点 Yへの進入方向 (図中, 左から右) に一方通行の道路であ る。すなわち,道路 R 1から交差点 Yを経て道路 R 3への進入は禁止されている。 信号機 7 eは, 一方通行道路 R 3から交差点 Yへの車両の進入および通過を規制 するものである。  Road R3 is a one-way road in the direction of approach to intersection Y (left to right in the figure). In other words, entry from the road R1 to the road R3 via the intersection Y is prohibited. Traffic light 7e regulates the entry and passage of vehicles from one-way road R3 to intersection Y.
この交差点 Yには, 本発明の第 4の実施の形態による交差点システム (丁字路 交差点システム) の路側装置が設置されている。 この路側装置は, 路側通信装置 2 a , 2 c , 2 e , および 2 f , ならびに路側処理装置 3を有する。  At the intersection Y, a roadside device of an intersection system (a crossroads intersection system) according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention is installed. This roadside device has roadside communication devices 2 a, 2 c, 2 e, and 2 f, and a roadside processing device 3.
第 1の実施の形態 (図 1 ) と同様に, 路側通信装置 2 aはゾーン 5 aを, 路側 通信装置 2 cはゾーン 5 cを, それぞれ管轄する。 また, 路側通信装置 2 eはゾ ーン 5 eを, 路側通信装置 2 f はゾーン 5 f を, それぞれ管轄する。  As in the first embodiment (Fig. 1), the roadside communication device 2a controls the zone 5a, and the roadside communication device 2c controls the zone 5c. The roadside communication device 2 e has control of the zone 5 e, and the roadside communication device 2 f has control of the zone 5 f.
ゾーン 5 eおよび 5 i, 道路 R 3における交差点 Yの進入領域と交差点 Y内 の領域とを有する。 また, 両ゾーン 5 eおよび 5 f は, 幅方向において, 道路 R 3とほぼ同じ幅または僅かに狭い幅 (数十センチ程度狭い幅) の領域に設定され る。 本実施の形態では, ゾーン 5 bおよび 5 eは, 幅方向において, 一部が重な り, 他の一部は重なっていないが, すべてが重なっていてもよい。 Zones 5e and 5i, Road R3, Intersection Y and within Intersection Y Region. In addition, both zones 5e and 5f are set in the width direction in a region having almost the same width as the road R3 or a width slightly narrower (several tens of centimeters narrower). In the present embodiment, the zones 5b and 5e partially overlap each other in the width direction and do not partially overlap with each other, but all may overlap.
路側通信装置 2 eは, 路側通信装置 2 aおよび 2 cと同様に, ゾーン 5 e内に おいて, 交差点 Yの進入側から交差点 Yの方向に送信される, 車両 1からの通信 要求および自車両情報を受信するとともに, ゾーン 5 e内において, 交差点 Y側 から進入側に同報通信用他方向車両情報および個別車両情報を送信する。  The roadside communication device 2e, like the roadside communication devices 2a and 2c, transmits the communication request from the vehicle 1 and the traffic request transmitted from the entrance side of the intersection Y in the direction of the intersection Y in the zone 5e. In addition to receiving the vehicle information, it transmits the other-directional vehicle information for broadcast communication and individual vehicle information from the intersection Y side to the approach side in zone 5e.
一方, 路側通信装置 2 f は, 所定の時間間隔 (たとえば数ミリ秒〜数十ミリ秒 間隔) で, 進入禁止情報をゾーン 5 f 内に, 交差点 Yの進入側から交差点 Y内に 向かって送信する。 この進入禁止情報は, ゾーン 5 f 内のすべての車両 1が受信 するように同報スロット (図 1 5参照) に格納され, 送信される。  On the other hand, the roadside communication device 2f transmits the entry prohibition information into the zone 5f at predetermined time intervals (for example, several milliseconds to several tens of milliseconds), and from the entrance side of the intersection Y to the inside of the intersection Y. I do. This entry prohibition information is stored in the broadcast slot (see Fig. 15) and transmitted so that all vehicles 1 in zone 5f receive it.
したがって, 片側道路 R 1 1を走行し, 交差点 Yで左折して道路 R 3に進入し ようとする車両, および, 片側道路 R 1 2を走行し, 交差点 Yで右折して道路 R 3に進入しょうとする車両 1は, 路側通信装置 2 f からの進入禁止情報を受信す ることとなる。  Therefore, vehicles traveling on one-sided road R11 and turning left at intersection Y to enter road R3, and vehicles traveling on one-sided road R12 and turning right at intersection Y and entering road R3 The vehicle 1 to be tried receives the entry prohibition information from the roadside communication device 2f.
車載装置 1 0の処理/制御部 1 5は, 同報スロットにより進入禁止情報を受信 すると, 表示部 1 3による表示, スピーカ部 1 4による音声, 運転者の触覚に訴 える手段等により, 運転者にその旨を通知する。 これにより, 運転者は, 仮に, 進入禁止標識を見落として, 進入禁止の道路 R 3に進入しょうとしても, これを 未然に防止することができる。  When receiving the entry prohibition information through the broadcast slot, the processing / control unit 15 of the in-vehicle device 10 drives the vehicle by means of the display on the display unit 13, the sound from the speaker unit 14, and the means of appealing to the driver's tactile sensation. To that effect. As a result, even if the driver overlooks the no-go sign and tries to enter the no-go road R3, this can be prevented beforehand.
なお, このような進入禁止の道路を有する T字路交差点 Yでは, 信号状態 進 入可否対応データを, 一例として, 図 2 2に示すものとすることができる。 そし て, 路側処理装置 3は, 各車両 1の進入方向および進行方向 (直進, 左折, 右折) と,この信号状態ノ進入可否対応データとに基づいて, 「直進許可」, 「直進注意」, 「左折禁止」 等を選択し, 各個別車両情報 (および全方向車両情報) に含めて送 信する。  In addition, at the T-junction intersection Y having such a prohibited road, the signal state entry permission / inhibition correspondence data can be as shown in Fig. 22 as an example. Then, the roadside processing device 3 performs the “straight ahead permission”, the “straight ahead caution”, Select “Do not turn left,” etc., and send it in the individual vehicle information (and omnidirectional vehicle information).
たとえば, 車両 1の進入方向が R 1 1方向 (道路 R 1方向) であり, 進行方向 が直進である場合において, 道路 R 1方向の信号機 7 a ( 7 c ) が青であるとき は, その車両 1には直進許可が送信される。 進行方向が左折または右折である場 合には, 信号機 7 a ( 7 c ) がいずれの状態であっても, 左折禁止または右折禁 止がそれぞれ送信される。 For example, when the approach direction of vehicle 1 is R11 direction (road R1 direction) and the traveling direction is straight ahead, when the traffic light 7a (7c) in the direction of road R1 is blue Is sent to the vehicle 1 for permission to go straight. If the direction of travel is a left turn or a right turn, a left turn prohibition or right turn prohibition is transmitted, regardless of the status of traffic light 7a (7c).
5 . 第 5の実施の形態  5. Fifth Embodiment
横断歩道に, これまで述べた交差点システムと同様のシステム (以下 「横断歩 道システム」 という。) を設け, 歩行者が横断歩道を歩行中であることを車両 1の 運転者に通知することもできる。  A system similar to the above-mentioned intersection system (hereinafter referred to as the “crosswalk system”) is provided at the pedestrian crossing to notify the driver of vehicle 1 that a pedestrian is walking on the pedestrian crossing. it can.
図 2 3は, 横断歩道システムが設けられた横断歩道を示す斜視図である。 横断 歩道 W 1は, 道路 R 4に設けられている。  Figure 23 is a perspective view showing a crosswalk equipped with a crosswalk system. Pedestrian crossing W1 is provided on road R4.
この横断歩道システムは, 路側装置として, 路側通信装置 2 sおよび 2 t, な らびに路側処理装置 3を有する。 路側通信装置 2 sは, 横断歩道 W 1の領域を少 なくとも含むゾーン 5 sを通信領域として有する。 また, 路側通信装置 2 tは, 横断歩道 W 1が設置された車道 R 4 (および横断歩道 W 1につながる図示しない 他の車道) における, この横断歩道へ車両 1 (図 2 3において図示略) が進入す る側のゾーンを通信領域に有する。  This pedestrian crossing system has roadside communication devices 2 s and 2 t and a roadside processing device 3 as roadside devices. The roadside communication device 2s has a zone 5s including at least the area of the crosswalk W1 as a communication area. In addition, the roadside communication device 2 t connects the vehicle 1 (not shown in FIG. 23) to the pedestrian crossing on the road R 4 where the pedestrian crossing W 1 is installed (and another road (not shown) connected to the pedestrian crossing W 1) In the communication area, there is a zone on the side where the vehicle enters.
歩行者 1 0 0は, 車載装置 1 0とほぼ同様の装置である歩行者携帯装置 1 0 a を携帯している。 歩行者携帯装置 1 0 aが有する記憶部 (図示略) には, 識別情 報として, 歩行者が携帯する装置であることを示す情報が記憶されている。 歩行者携帯装置 1 0 aは, 一定時間間隔で, または, 路側通信装置 2 sからの 電波の受信に応答して, その識別情報を送信する。 したがって, 歩行者 1 0 0が 横断歩道 W 1を横断中, 歩行者携帯装置 1 0 aから送信された識別情報は, 路側 通信装置 2 sによって受信される。  The pedestrian 100 carries a pedestrian portable device 100a, which is almost the same device as the in-vehicle device 10. The storage unit (not shown) of the pedestrian portable device 10a stores, as identification information, information indicating that the device is carried by a pedestrian. The pedestrian portable device 10a transmits its identification information at fixed time intervals or in response to reception of radio waves from the roadside communication device 2s. Therefore, while the pedestrian 100 is crossing the pedestrian crossing W1, the identification information transmitted from the pedestrian portable device 100a is received by the roadside communication device 2s.
路側通信装置 2 sは, 識別情報を受信すると, 路側処理装置 3に送信する。 路 側処理装置 3は, 路側通信装置 2 sから送信された識別情報に基づいて, 横断歩 道 W 1を歩行者が横断中であると判断し, 横断歩道 W 1を歩行者が横断中である ことを示す情報 (歩行者横断情報) を路側通信装置 2 tに送信する。  When receiving the identification information, the roadside communication device 2 s transmits the identification information to the roadside processing device 3. The roadside processing device 3 determines that the pedestrian is crossing the pedestrian crossing W1 based on the identification information transmitted from the roadside communication device 2s, and the pedestrian is crossing the pedestrian crossing W1. Information indicating that there is (pedestrian crossing information) is transmitted to the roadside communication device 2t.
路側通信装置 2 tは, 路側処理装置 3から送信された歩行者横断情報をその管 轄するゾーンに送信する。 これにより, 路側通信装置 2 tが管轄するゾーン内の 車両 1は, この歩行者横断情報を受信し, 歩行者が前方に位置する横断歩道を横 断中であることを運転手に通知する。 これにより, 車両 1の運転者は, 横断歩道 W 1を歩行者が横断中であることを事前に知ることができ, 横断歩道における交 通事故を防止することができる。 The roadside communication device 2t transmits the pedestrian crossing information transmitted from the roadside processing device 3 to the zone under its control. As a result, the vehicle 1 in the zone under the jurisdiction of the roadside communication device 2t receives this pedestrian crossing information and crosses the pedestrian crossing where the pedestrian is located in front. Notify the driver that he is disconnected. As a result, the driver of vehicle 1 can know in advance that a pedestrian is crossing pedestrian crossing W1, and can prevent a traffic accident at the pedestrian crossing.
なお, 路側通信装置 2 tから路側処理装置 3に送信された車両情報 (または車 両が存在すること) を, 路側通信装置 2 sを介して歩行者携帯装置 1 0 aに送信 することもできる。 そして, 歩行者携帯装置 1 0 aは, 車両が横断歩道 W 1に接 近中であることを歩行者 1 0 0に音, 音声等により通知することもできる。  The vehicle information (or the existence of the vehicle) transmitted from the roadside communication device 2 t to the roadside processing device 3 can be transmitted to the pedestrian portable device 10 a via the roadside communication device 2 s. . Then, the pedestrian portable device 10a can also notify the pedestrian 100 by sound, voice, or the like that the vehicle is approaching the pedestrian crossing W1.
6 . 第 6の実施の形態  6. Sixth Embodiment
複数の交差点にそれぞれ設置された路側処理装置 3を 1または 2以上の情報収 集装置に接続し, 各路側処理装置 3が有する車両状況データを情報収集装置で一 元的に管理することもできる。  The roadside processors 3 installed at multiple intersections can be connected to one or more information collectors, and the vehicle status data of each roadside processor 3 can be centrally managed by the information collectors. .
また, 路側処理装置 3は, 交差点 Xを通過した車両の台数をカウントし, 台数 のみを情報収集装置に送信することもできる。 これにより, 各交差点における交 通量を収集することができる。  The roadside processor 3 can also count the number of vehicles that have passed through the intersection X and send only the number to the information collection device. As a result, the traffic volume at each intersection can be collected.
7 . 第 7の実施の形態  7. Seventh Embodiment
複数の交差点にそれぞれ設置された路側処理装置 3を通信回線 (有線または無 線) により接続し, 各交差点で発生した交通事故の情報を路側処理装置 3間で相 互に通知することもできる。  The roadside processing devices 3 installed at multiple intersections can be connected by a communication line (wired or wireless), and information on traffic accidents occurring at each intersection can be reported to each other between the roadside processing devices 3.
たとえば, 図 1において, 車載装置 1 0は, 車両 1に設けられたエアバッグ(図 示略) が作動したことを検知するエアバッグ作動センサ (図示略), または, 運転 者, 同乗者等の操作者が操作できる交通事故通知スィッチ (図示略) を有する。 このエアバッグ作動センサまたは交通事故通知スィッチは, 処理/制御部 1 5に 接続されている。  For example, in FIG. 1, the in-vehicle device 10 is an airbag activation sensor (not shown) for detecting that an airbag (not shown) provided in the vehicle 1 has been activated, or a driver, passenger or the like. It has a traffic accident notification switch (not shown) that can be operated by the operator. This airbag activation sensor or traffic accident notification switch is connected to the processing / control unit 15.
車載装置 1 0から路側通信装置 2に送信される自車両情報 (個別スロッ ト) ま たは通信要求用スロッ ト (図 1 6参照) には, 交通事故発生の有無を格納する領 域 (図示略, 以下 「事故発生領域」 という。) が設けられる。 また, 路側通信装置 2から車載装置 1 0に送信される同報通信用他方向車両情報 (同報スロット :図 1 5参照) にも, 事故発生領域 (図示略) が設けられる。 同様にして, 路側通信 装置 2と路側処理装置 3との間で通信される情報にも, 事故発生領域が設けられ る。 The vehicle information (individual slot) or the communication request slot (see Fig. 16) transmitted from the on-board device 10 to the roadside communication device 2 contains an area that stores the presence or absence of a traffic accident (see Fig. 16). (Hereinafter referred to as “accident area”). Also, an accident occurrence area (not shown) is provided in the other-way vehicle information for broadcast communication (broadcast slot: see Fig. 15) transmitted from the roadside communication device 2 to the vehicle-mounted device 10. Similarly, the information communicated between the roadside communication device 2 and the roadside processing device 3 also has an accident occurrence area. You.
車両 1がゾーン内で衝突等の交通事故を起こすことにより, エアバッグが作動 すると, エアバッグ作動センサがエアバッグの作動を検知し, 作動したことを示 す信号 (作動信号) を処理/制御部 1 5に与える。 また, 運転者等が交通事故通 知スィッチを操作すると, 操作されたことを示す信号 (操作信号) が処理 制御 部 1 5に与えられる。  When vehicle 1 causes a traffic accident such as a collision in the zone and the airbag is activated, the airbag activation sensor detects the activation of the airbag and processes / controls the signal (activation signal) indicating that the airbag was activated. Give to part 15 When the driver or the like operates the traffic accident notification switch, a signal (operation signal) indicating that the switch has been operated is given to the processing control unit 15.
処理/制御部 1 5は, エアバッグ作動センサからの作動信号, または, 交通事 故通知スィッチからの操作信号を受信すると, 自車両情報または通信要求用ス口 ットの事故発生領域に事故発生有りを格納して, 路側通信装置 2に送信する。 路 側通信装置 2は, 受信した事故発生有りの情報を路側処理装置 3に送信する。 さらに, 路側処理装置 3は, 他の路側通信装置 2, および, 他の交差点に設置 された路側処理装置 3に, 受信した事故発生有りの情報を送信する。 他の路側通 信装置 2は, 同報スロットに事故発生有りの情報を格納し, 自己の管轄するゾー ン内に送信する。 同様にして, 他の交差点に設置された路側処理装置 3は, 自己 に接続された路側通信装置 2に送信し, 路側通信装置 2は, 同報スロットに事故 発生有りの情報を格納し, 管轄するゾーン内に送信する。 これにより, ゾーン内 に存在する車載装置 1 0は, 事故発生有りの情報を受信し, その旨を運転者に通 知する。  When the processing / control unit 15 receives the operation signal from the airbag operation sensor or the operation signal from the traffic accident notification switch, the accident occurs in the accident area of the own vehicle information or the communication request slot. The presence is stored and transmitted to the roadside communication device 2. The roadside communication device 2 transmits the received information indicating the occurrence of the accident to the roadside processing device 3. In addition, the roadside processing device 3 transmits the received information indicating the occurrence of the accident to the other roadside communication devices 2 and the roadside processing devices 3 installed at other intersections. The other roadside communication device 2 stores information on the occurrence of an accident in the broadcast slot and transmits it to the zone under its control. Similarly, the roadside processing device 3 installed at another intersection transmits to the roadside communication device 2 connected to itself, and the roadside communication device 2 stores the information indicating that an accident has occurred in the broadcast slot. To be sent within the zone. As a result, the in-vehicle device 10 existing in the zone receives the information indicating that an accident has occurred, and informs the driver to that effect.
このように, 本実施の形態によると, ある交差点で発生した交通事故を, 他の 交差点のゾーン内に存在する車両 (運転者) に通知することができる。  As described above, according to the present embodiment, a vehicle (driver) existing in a zone of another intersection can be notified of a traffic accident occurring at a certain intersection.
8 . 第 8の実施の形態  8. Eighth Embodiment
第 1の実施の形態におけるゾーン 5 a〜5 dのそれぞれを複数の領域に分割し, これらの領域を複数の路側通信装置がそれぞれ管轄することもできる。  Each of the zones 5a to 5d in the first embodiment can be divided into a plurality of areas, and these areas can be controlled by a plurality of roadside communication devices.
8 . 1 . 交差点システムの構成  8.1 Configuration of intersection system
図 2 4は, 図 1に示す第 1の実施の形態と同様に, 2本の道路 R 1および R 2 がほぼ直角に交差する交差点 Xの平面図(上面図)である。第 1の実施の形態(図 1参照) の構成要素と同じものには, 同じ符号を付し, その詳細な説明を省略す ることとする。 また, 図 2 4では, 図を簡略にして分かり易くするために, 信号 機の図示は省略されている。 この交差点 Xには, 本発明の第 8の実施の形態による交差点システムの路側装 置が設置されている。 この路側装置は, 路側通信装置 2 0 a〜 2 0 hおよび路側 処理装置 3を有する。 FIG. 24 is a plan view (top view) of an intersection X where two roads R 1 and R 2 intersect at a substantially right angle, similarly to the first embodiment shown in FIG. The same components as those of the first embodiment (see FIG. 1) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted. In Fig. 24, the traffic signals are not shown for simplicity and clarity. At this intersection X, the roadside device of the intersection system according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention is installed. This roadside device has a roadside communication device 20 a to 20 h and a roadside processing device 3.
路側通信装置 2 0 a〜 2 0 hのそれぞれは, 図 4に示す第 1の実施の形態の路 側通信装置 2 a〜 2 cと同じ構成を有し, 車載装置 1 0および路側処理装置 3と 通信する。 一方, 路側通信装置 2 0 a〜 2 0 hは, ゾーン 5 0 a〜 5 0 hをそれ ぞれ管轄し, 管轄するゾーンの領域および大きさが第 1の実施の形態のものと異 なっている。  Each of the roadside communication devices 20a to 20h has the same configuration as the roadside communication devices 2a to 2c of the first embodiment shown in FIG. Communicate with On the other hand, the roadside communication devices 20a to 20h control the zones 50a to 50h, respectively, and the area and size of the controlled zones are different from those of the first embodiment. I have.
ゾーン 5 0 aおよび 5 0 bは, 図 1に示すゾーン 5 aを R 1 1方向に 2つに分 割したものである。  Zones 50a and 50b are obtained by dividing zone 5a shown in Fig. 1 into two in the R11 direction.
ゾーン 5 0 aは, 交差点 Xへの車両 1の進入を検知できる領域に設定される。 たとえば, ゾーン 5 0 aは, 片側道路 R 1 1の R 1 1方向において, 交差点 の 入口から片側道路 R 1 1の車両の進入側 (道路の上流側) へ向かって約 1 0〜2 0メートルの位置から, 交差点 Xの内部に一部進入した位置までの領域に設定さ れる。  Zone 50a is set in an area where the entry of vehicle 1 into intersection X can be detected. For example, zone 50a is about 10 to 20 meters from the entrance of the intersection in the direction R11 of one-sided road R11 toward the entrance of vehicles on one-sided road R11 (upstream of the road). It is set to the area from the position of to the position where it partially enters the intersection X.
ゾーン 5 O b (図 2 4においてハッチングにより図示) は, 交差点 X内の領域 および出口から車両の出側 (道路の下流側) へ向かって数メートル (1〜3メー トル程度) までの領域に設定される。 ゾーン 5 0 aと 5 0 bとの間には, 通信が 途切れないように, 重なる部分がある。  Zone 5 Ob (shown by hatching in Fig. 24) covers the area within intersection X and the area from the exit to several meters (about 1 to 3 meters) from the exit to the exit of the vehicle (downstream of the road). Is set. There is an overlap between zones 50a and 50b so that communication is not interrupted.
同様にして, ゾーン 5 0 cおよびゾーン 5 0 dはゾーン 5 bを R 2 1方向に, ゾーン 5 0 eおよび 5 0 f はゾーン 5 cを R 1 2方向に, ゾーン 5 0 gおよび 5 0 hはゾーン 5 dを R 2 2方向に, それぞれ 2つに分割したものである。  Similarly, zone 50c and zone 50d have zone 5b in the R21 direction, zones 50e and 50f have zone 5c in the R12 direction, zones 50g and 50g. h is the zone 5d divided into two in the R22 direction.
8 . 2 . 交差点システムの処理  8.2. Intersection system processing
図 2 5は, 車載装置 1 0 , 路側通信装置 2 0 a〜 2 0 h, および路側処理装置 3の処理の流れを示すシーケンス図である。 第 1の実施の形態における図 1 3の シーケンス図と同じ処理には, 同じ符号を付し, その詳細な説明を省略すること とする。  FIG. 25 is a sequence diagram showing the processing flow of the vehicle-mounted device 10, the roadside communication devices 20 a to 20 h, and the roadside processing device 3. The same processes as those in the sequence diagram of FIG. 13 in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
たとえば,車両 1力 片側道路 R 1 1を走行し,交差点 Xに接近した場合には, 車載装置 1 0は,まず路側通信装置 2 0 aの電波を検出する(ステップ S 1で Y)。 路側通信装置 20 aからの電波を検出すると, 車載装置 10は, 第 1の実施の形 態と同様に,通信要求を送信する。路側通信装置 20 aは,第 1の形態と同様に, 車載装置 10から通信要求を受信すると (ステップ S 12で Y), 車両の登録を行 うとともに,車載装置 10にはチャネル番号を,路側処理装置 3には車両情報(車 両番号, 車両 I D, 通信開始時間) を, それぞれ送信する (ステップ S 1 3)。 車載装置 10は, 路側通信装置 20 aからチャネル番号を受信した後, 路側通 信装置 20 aからの電波の受信レベルを検出する (ステップ S 4 1)。 そして, 車 載装置 10は, 検出した受信レベルを自車両情報に含め, チャネル番号で示され た個別スロッ トにより, 路側通信装置 20 aに送信する (ステップ S 42)。 この点は, 速度検出, 進行方向検出, および走行 停止判定を行う第 1の実施 の形態 (図 1 3のステップ S 2および S 3) と異なる。 したがって, 自車両情報 には, 図 16に示すもののうち, 車両番号 (および車両 I D) および受信レベル のみが含まれる。 For example, when the vehicle 1 travels on a one-way road R11 and approaches the intersection X, the vehicle-mounted device 10 first detects the radio wave of the roadside communication device 20a (Y in step S1). When detecting the radio wave from the roadside communication device 20a, the in-vehicle device 10 transmits a communication request as in the first embodiment. As in the first embodiment, when the roadside communication device 20a receives a communication request from the vehicle-mounted device 10 (Y in step S12), the roadside communication device 20a registers the vehicle, and stores the channel number in the vehicle-mounted device 10 and the roadside communication device. The vehicle information (vehicle number, vehicle ID, communication start time) is sent to the processing unit 3 (step S13). After receiving the channel number from the roadside communication device 20a, the in-vehicle device 10 detects the reception level of the radio wave from the roadside communication device 20a (step S41). Then, the on-board device 10 includes the detected reception level in the own vehicle information and transmits it to the roadside communication device 20a through the individual slot indicated by the channel number (step S42). This is different from the first embodiment (steps S2 and S3 in Fig. 13) in which speed detection, traveling direction detection, and traveling stop determination are performed. Therefore, the vehicle information includes only the vehicle number (and vehicle ID) and the reception level among those shown in Fig. 16.
これら受信レベルの検出および自車両情報は, その車両に対するチャネル (個 別スロッ ト) が各フレームに割り当てられる場合には, 各フレームにより送信さ れる。 たとえば, 車載装置 10と路側通信装置 20との間の通信速度が 4 M [b p s] である場合には, 1フレームが約 5ミリ秒間隔となるので, 送信も約 5ミ リ秒間隔で行われる。  The detection of these reception levels and the vehicle information are transmitted in each frame when a channel (individual slot) for that vehicle is assigned to each frame. For example, if the communication speed between the on-vehicle device 10 and the roadside communication device 20 is 4 M [bps], one frame is transmitted at approximately 5 ms intervals, and transmission is performed at approximately 5 ms intervals. Will be
路側通信装置 20 a (処理ノ制御部 23) は, その記憶部 25に, 図 3 Bに示 す受信レベル関数を有し, この受信レベル関数および車載装置 10から送信され た受信レベルに基づいて, 車両 1の位置 (交差点 Xにおける絶対的な位置) を求 める (ステップ S 51)。  The roadside communication device 20a (processing control unit 23) has a reception level function shown in FIG. 3B in its storage unit 25, and based on this reception level function and the reception level transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device 10, Then, the position of vehicle 1 (the absolute position at intersection X) is determined (step S51).
続いて, 路側通信装置 20 aは, 受信レベルから車両 1が走行中か停止中かを 判断する (ステップ S 52)。 すなわち, 路側通信装置 20 aは, 1フレームごと に送信される複数 (たとえば 2つ) の受信レベル間に変化がある場合には, 車両 1が走行中であると判断し, 受信レベル間に変化がない場合には, 車両 1が停止 中であると判断する。  Next, the roadside communication device 20a determines whether the vehicle 1 is running or stopped based on the reception level (step S52). That is, when there is a change between a plurality of (for example, two) reception levels transmitted for each frame, the roadside communication device 20a determines that the vehicle 1 is running and changes between the reception levels. If there is no vehicle, it is determined that vehicle 1 is stopped.
続いて, 路側通信装置 20 aは, 車両 1が走行中であると判断すると (ステツ プ S 52で 「走行」), 車両情報を作成し, 路側処理装置 3に送信する S 5 3 )。 この車両情報には, 路側通信装置番号, 車両番号, 走行中, および車両 の位置が含まれる。 Subsequently, when the roadside communication device 20a determines that the vehicle 1 is running (“running” in step S52), it creates vehicle information and transmits it to the roadside processing device 3. S53). This vehicle information includes the roadside communication device number, vehicle number, running, and vehicle position.
路側通信装置 2 0 aは, ステップ S 5 1から S 5 3の処理を, 車載装置 1 0か ら自車両情報 (受信レベル) を受信するごとに行う。  The roadside communication device 20a performs the processing of steps S51 to S53 each time it receives own vehicle information (reception level) from the on-vehicle device 10.
ステップ S 5 2において, 路側通信装置 2 0 aは, 車両 1が停止していると判 断すると (ステップ S 5 2で 「停止」), 車載装置 1 0からの次の自車両情報を受 信し, 再びステップ S 5 1からの処理を繰り返す。  In step S52, when the roadside communication device 20a determines that the vehicle 1 is stopped (“stopped” in step S52), the roadside communication device 20a receives the next own vehicle information from the on-vehicle device 10. Then, the processing from step S51 is repeated again.
路側処理装置 3は, 路側通信装置 2 aから送信された車両情報を受信すると, この車両情報に基づいて, 車両 1の速度および進行方向を求める (ステップ S 6 1 )。  When receiving the vehicle information transmitted from the roadside communication device 2a, the roadside processing device 3 obtains the speed and traveling direction of the vehicle 1 based on the vehicle information (step S61).
車両 1の速度は, 車両 1の位置の変化をその変化に要した時間で除算すること により求められる。 また, 車両 1の速度は, たとえばゾーン 5 0 aに進入 (路側 通信装置 2 0 aと通信を開始) してから, ゾーン 5 0 aを離脱 (路側通信装置 2 0 aと通信を終了) するまでに要する時間によって求めることもできる。 すなわ ち, ゾーン 5 0 aの長さはあらかじめ判明しているので, この長さを当該要する 時間で除算することによつても求めることができる。  The speed of vehicle 1 is determined by dividing the change in the position of vehicle 1 by the time required for the change. In addition, the speed of the vehicle 1, for example, enters zone 50a (starts communication with the roadside communication device 20a) and then leaves zone 50a (ends communication with the roadside communication device 20a). It can also be determined according to the time required until. In other words, since the length of zone 50a is known in advance, it can also be obtained by dividing this length by the required time.
車両 1の進行方向は, 車両 1のゾーン間の移動の軌跡 (路側通信装置間の移動 の軌跡) を迪ることにより求められる。 たとえば, 車両 1がゾーン 5 0 aから 5 O bに移動し, その後ゾーン 5 0 dに移動した場合に, 車両 1の進行方向は右折 であると判断される。また,車両 1がゾーン 5 0 aから 5 0 hに移動した場合に, 車両 1の進行方向は左折であると判断される。  The traveling direction of vehicle 1 is determined by taking the trajectory of movement of vehicle 1 between zones (the trajectory of movement between roadside communication devices). For example, if vehicle 1 moves from zone 50a to 5Ob and then to zone 50d, vehicle 1 is determined to be making a right turn. Also, when vehicle 1 moves from zone 50a to 50h, it is determined that the traveling direction of vehicle 1 is a left turn.
続いて, 路側処理装置 3は, 車両 1の速度および進行方向を車両状況データに 登録した後(ステップ S 6 2 ) ,関連他方向車両情報を選択し(ステップ S 6 3 ) , 該当車両の個別車両情報を作成して送信する (ステップ S 6 4 )。それ以降の処理 は, 第 1の実施の形態 (図 1 3 ) と同じである。  Subsequently, the roadside processing device 3 registers the speed and the traveling direction of the vehicle 1 in the vehicle status data (step S62), selects the relevant other-direction vehicle information (step S63), and individually identifies the relevant vehicle. The vehicle information is created and transmitted (step S64). Subsequent processing is the same as in the first embodiment (FIG. 13).
なお, これまでの説明は, 路側通信装置 2 0 aを例に挙げて行ったが, 他の路 側通信装置 2 0 b〜2 0 hの処理も同様である。  Although the description so far has been made by taking the roadside communication device 20a as an example, the same applies to the processing of the other roadside communication devices 20b to 20h.
本実施の形態では, 1つのゾーンを 2つに分割したが, 3以上に分割すること もできる。 9 . 第 9の実施の形態 In the present embodiment, one zone is divided into two, but it can be divided into three or more. 9. Ninth Embodiment
これまで説明してきた交差点システムを鉄道の踏み切りに応用することもでき る。  The intersection system described so far can also be applied to railroad crossings.
図 2 6は, 鉄道の線路 Pと車両が通行する道路 Rとが交差する踏み切り Zの部 分およびその周辺部を示す平面図である。 線路 Pは単線であってもよいし, 複線 であってもよい。 道路 Rは, 本実施の形態では, 双方向に通行が可能な道路であ る。  Figure 26 is a plan view of the railroad crossing Z at the intersection of the railway track P and the road R on which vehicles pass, and the surrounding area. The track P may be a single track or a double track. Road R is a two-way road in this embodiment.
この踏み切り Zには, 交差点システムを鉄道の踏み切りに応用した踏み切り通 報システムが設けられている。 この踏み切り通報システムは, 進入検出用通信装 置 1 0 1 aおよび 1 0 1 b, 通過検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aおよび 1 0 2 b, 路側 処理装置 1 0 3 , 列車連絡用通信装置 1 0 4 aおよび 1 0 4 b, 車両に搭載され た車載装置 (図示略), ならびに列車に搭載された列車装置 (図示略) を有する。 進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aおよび 1 0 2 b , 通過検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aお よび 1 0 2 b, ならびに列車連絡用通信装置 1 0 4 aおよび 1 0 4 bは, 第 1の 実施の形態における路側通信装置 2 (図 4参照) と同様の構成を有する。 路側処 理装置 1 0 3は, 信号機 7 a〜7 dからの信号が入力されない点を除いて, 第 1 の実施の形態における路側処理装置 3 (図 5参照) とほぼ同様の構成を有する。 車載装置および列車装置は, 第 1の実施の形態における車載装置 1 0 (図 2参照) と同様の構成を有する。  This level crossing Z is provided with a level crossing notification system that applies the intersection system to railroad level crossings. This level crossing notification system consists of a communication device for entry detection 101a and 101b, a communication device for passage detection 102a and 102b, a roadside processing device 103, a communication device for train communication 1 It has an onboard device (not shown) mounted on a vehicle and a train device (not shown) mounted on a train. The entry detection communication devices 102a and 102b, the passage detection communication devices 102a and 102b, and the train communication devices 104a and 104b It has the same configuration as the roadside communication device 2 (see FIG. 4) in the embodiment. The roadside processing device 103 has substantially the same configuration as the roadside processing device 3 (see FIG. 5) in the first embodiment except that signals from the traffic signals 7a to 7d are not input. The in-vehicle device and the train device have the same configuration as the in-vehicle device 10 (see FIG. 2) in the first embodiment.
進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aは, 踏み切り Zへ車両が進入したことを検出でき るゾーン (進入ゾーン) 2 0 2 aを無線 (たとえば D S R C ) による通信領域と して有し, 図面において下から上に向かって進入ゾーン 2 0 2 aに進入する車両 を検出する。 同様にして, 進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 bは, 踏み切り Zへ車両が 進入したことを検出できる進入ゾーン 2 0 2 bを無線による通信領域として有し, 図面において上から下に向かって進入領域 2 0 2 bに進入する車両を検出する。 車両の検出は, これまで述べた実施の形態と同様に, 進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aおよび 1 0 2 bが車載装置と通信することにより行われる。 本実施の形態で は, 進入ゾーン 2 0 2 aおよび 2 0 2 bは, 同一の領域に設定されているが, 踏 み切り Zへの車両の進入を適切に検出できる領域であれば, 異なる領域に設定さ れてもよい。 The entry detection communication device 102a has a zone (entry zone) 202a that can detect that the vehicle has entered the crossing Z as a wireless (eg, DSRC) communication area. Detects vehicles entering the approach zone 202a from above. Similarly, the entry detection communication device 102b has an entry zone 202b that can detect that the vehicle has entered the crossing Z as a wireless communication area, and enters from the top to the bottom in the drawing. A vehicle entering the area 202b is detected. Vehicle detection is performed by the approach detection communication devices 102a and 102b communicating with the vehicle-mounted device, as in the above-described embodiments. In the present embodiment, the entry zones 202a and 202b are set in the same region, but differ if the region is capable of appropriately detecting the vehicle entering the crossing Z. Set in the area It may be.
進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aおよび 1 0 2 bは, 路側処理装置 1 0 3に通信回 線 (有線または無線) により接続されている。 そして, 進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aおよび 1 0 2 bは, それぞれの進入領域 2 0 2 aおよび 2 0 2 bへの車両の 進入を検知すると, 進入した車両の車両番号 (および車両 I D ) , および, 該車両 番号を有する車両が進入した旨を路側処理装置 1 0 3にそれぞれ通報 (送信) す る。  The intrusion detection communication devices 102a and 102b are connected to the roadside processing device 103 via a communication line (wired or wireless). When the entry detecting communication devices 102 a and 102 b detect the entry of the vehicle into the entry areas 202 a and 202 b, respectively, the vehicle numbers (and vehicle IDs) of the entered vehicles are detected. ), And that the vehicle having the vehicle number has entered is reported (transmitted) to the roadside processing device 103.
また, 進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 aおよび 1 0 2 bは, 図示しない踏み切り警 報機または踏み切り遮断機と連動して,踏み切り警報機から警報が鳴り,または, 踏み切り遮断機が下りると, 列車が踏み切り zに接近している情報を, それぞれ の進入ゾーン 2 0 1 aおよび 2 0 1 b (車載装置) に送信する。  In addition, the entry detection communication devices 102 a and 102 b operate in conjunction with a not-shown crossing alarm or crossing breaker (not shown) to sound an alarm from the crossing alarm or to lower the crossing breaker. The information that the train is approaching the railroad crossing z is sent to the respective approach zones 201a and 201b (vehicle-mounted equipment).
通過検出用通信装置 1 0 1 aは, 道路 Rにおいて, 車両が踏み切り Zを通過し たことを検出できるゾーン (通過ゾーン) 2 0 l aを無線 (たとえば D S R C ) による通信領域として有し, 図面において下から上に向かって通過ゾーン 2 0 2 aに進入した車両を検出する。 同様にして, 通過検出用通信装置 1 0 1 bは, 道 路 Rにおいて, 車両が踏み切り Zを通過したことを検出できる通過ゾーン 2 0 1 bを無線による通信領域として有し, 図面において上から下に向かって通過ゾー ン 2 0 2 bに進入した車両を検出する。  The passage detection communication device 101a has a zone (passing zone) 20la on the road R where the vehicle can detect that the vehicle has passed the takeoff Z as a wireless (eg, DSRC) communication area. A vehicle that has entered the passing zone 202a from the bottom up is detected. Similarly, the passage detection communication device 101b has, as a wireless communication area, a passage zone 201b that can detect that the vehicle has passed the takeoff Z on the road R. Detects vehicles that have entered the passing zone 202b downward.
通過検出用通信装置 1 0 1 aおよび 1 0 1 bは, 路側処理装置 1 0 3に通信回 線 (有線または無線) によりそれぞれ接続されている。 そして, 通過検出用通信 装置 1 0 1 aおよび 1 0 1 bは, それぞれの通過ゾーン 2 O l aおよび 2 0 1 b への車両の進入を検知すると, 進入した車両の車両番号(および車両 I D ), およ び, 該車両番号を有する車両が進入した旨を路側処理装置 1 0 3にそれぞれ通報 (送信) する。  The passage detection communication devices 101a and 101b are connected to the roadside processing device 103 by communication lines (wired or wireless), respectively. Then, when the passage detecting communication devices 101a and 101b detect that the vehicle has entered each of the passing zones 2Ola and 201b, the vehicle numbers (and vehicle IDs) of the vehicles that have entered the vehicle are detected. , And that the vehicle having the vehicle number has entered is reported (transmitted) to the roadside processor 103.
列車連絡用通信装置 1 0 4 aは, 線路 P上において, 列車の踏み切り Zへの進 入方向前方に設けられた通信ゾーン 2 0 4 aを有する。 そして, 列車連絡用通信 装置 1 0 4 aは, 図面において左から右に走行する列車を検知するとともに, 該 通信ゾーン 2 0 4 a内の列車の列車装置に,踏み切り Zの進入ゾーン 2 0 2 a ( 2 0 2 b ) に車両が存在することを示す車両進入情報を通知 (送信) する。 同様に して, 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 bは, 線路 P上において, 列車の踏み切り Zへ の進入方向前方に設けられた通信ゾーン 204 bを有する。 そして, 列車連絡用 通信装置 1 04 bは,図面において右から左に走行する列車を検知するとともに, 該通信ゾーン 204 b内の列車の列車装置に, 踏み切り Zの進入ゾーン 20 2 a (20 2 b) に車両が存在することを通知 (送信) する。 The communication device for train communication 104 a has a communication zone 204 a provided on the track P in front of the approach to the crossing Z of the train. The communication device for train communication 104 a detects a train traveling from left to right in the drawing, and the train device of the train in the communication zone 204 a enters the entry zone 200 for the take-off Z. a (202b) is notified (transmitted) of vehicle entry information indicating that a vehicle is present. Likewise In addition, the communication device for train communication 104b has a communication zone 204b provided on the track P in front of the approach direction to the crossing Z of the train. The communication device for train communication 104b detects a train running from right to left in the drawing, and the train device of the train in the communication zone 204b is connected to the entrance zone of the railroad crossing Z 20 2a (20 2 b) Notify (send) that the vehicle exists.
通信ゾーン 204 aおよび 204 bは, 進入ゾーン 20 2 a (20 2 b) に車 両が存在する旨の通知を受けた列車が, 通知の受信後制動をかけた場合に, 踏み 切り Zに到達する前で安全に停止できる領域に設定される。  Communication zones 204a and 204b reach takeoff Z when the train that has been notified that vehicles are present in approach zone 202a (202b) brakes after receiving the notification. It is set in an area where it can be safely stopped before starting.
路側処理装置 1 03は, 進入検出用通信装置 1 0 2 a ( 1 0 2 b) から車両番 号 (車両 I D) および車両の進入を受信すると, この車両番号を車両状況データ に登録する。 そして, 路側処理装置 1 03は, 車両進入情報を列車連絡用通信装 置 1 04 aおよび 104 bに送信する。  When receiving the vehicle number (vehicle ID) and the vehicle's entry from the entry detection communication device 102a (102b), the roadside processing device 103 registers this vehicle number in the vehicle status data. Then, the roadside processing device 103 sends the vehicle entry information to the train communication devices 104a and 104b.
これにより, 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 aおよび 1 04 bは, それぞれの通信 ゾーン 204 aおよび 204 bに車両進入情報の送信を開始する。 この車両進入 情報の送信は, 後述する車両通過情報が受信されるまで続けられる。  As a result, the train communication devices 104a and 104b start transmitting vehicle entry information to their respective communication zones 204a and 204b. The transmission of the vehicle entry information is continued until the vehicle passage information described later is received.
また, 路側処理装置 1 0 3は, 通過検出用通信装置 1 O l a (1 0 1 b) から 車両番号および車両の進入を受信すると, 登録された車両番号の車両が踏み切り を通過済みであることを車両状況データに登録する。 このように, 車両状況デー タは, 車両番号 (および車両 I D) と車両が通過済みかどうかを示すデータ (通 過済データ) とを有する。 そして, 路側処理装置 1 0 3は, 車両が踏み切り Zを 通過した旨の情報 (車両通過情報) を列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 aおよび 1 04 bに送信する。  When the roadside processing device 103 receives the vehicle number and the vehicle's entry from the passage detection communication device 1 O la (101b), the vehicle with the registered vehicle number has already passed the crossing. Is registered in the vehicle status data. Thus, the vehicle status data includes the vehicle number (and vehicle ID) and data indicating whether the vehicle has passed (passed data). Then, the roadside processing device 103 transmits information that the vehicle has passed the railroad crossing Z (vehicle passing information) to the train communication devices 104a and 104b.
これにより, 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 aおよび 1 04 bは, それぞれの通信 ゾーン 204 aおよび 204 bへの車両進入情報の送信を停止する。  As a result, the train communication devices 104a and 104b stop transmitting vehicle entry information to the respective communication zones 204a and 204b.
ただし, 車両進入情報は, 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 aおよび 1 04 bにおい て, 路側処理装置 3から受信した個数分記憶され, 車両通過情報が受信されるご とに 1つずつ消去されるようになっている。  However, the vehicle entry information is stored in the communication devices for train communication 104a and 104b for the number received from the roadside processing device 3, and is deleted one by one as the vehicle passage information is received. It has become.
すなわち, たとえば 2台の車両が進入した場合には, 2個の車両進入情報が記 憶され,そのうちの 1台が踏み切りを通過すると,車両通過情報が 1つ受信され, 2個の車両進入情報のうちの 1つが消去される。 その結果, 1つの車両進入情報 が残る。 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 aおよび 1 04 bは, 車両進入情報が 1つで も記憶されている限り, 車両進入情報を通信ゾーン 204 aおよび 204 bにそ れぞれ送信し続ける。記憶される車両進入情報がすべて消去されてゼロになると, 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 aおよび 1 04 bは, 車両進入情報の通信ゾーン 20 4 aおよび 204 bへの送信を停止する。 That is, for example, when two vehicles enter, two vehicle entry information is stored. When one of them passes through a railroad crossing, one vehicle passage information is received. One of the two vehicle entry information is deleted. As a result, one vehicle approach information remains. The train communication devices 104a and 104b continue to transmit the vehicle entry information to the communication zones 204a and 204b, respectively, as long as at least one vehicle entry information is stored. When all of the stored vehicle entry information is erased to zero, the train communication devices 104a and 104b stop transmitting the vehicle entry information to the communication zones 204a and 204b.
これにより,列車の運転者は,踏み切り Zに車両が存在することを知り,減速, 停止等の操作を行うことできる。 その結果, 踏み切り Zにおける事故を未然に防 止することができる。  As a result, the train driver knows that there is a vehicle at railroad crossing Z and can perform operations such as deceleration and stopping. As a result, an accident at level crossing Z can be prevented.
なお, 次のような通信方法を実行することもできる。 すなわち, 路側処理装置 1 03は, 列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 a ( 1 04 b) から列車の進入を受信する と, この受信時において, 踏み切り Zを通過していない車両があるかどうかを, 車両状況データにおいて検索する。 つまり, 路側通信装置 1 03は, 車両状況デ ータにおいて, 通過済データに通過済みが登録されていないものがあるかどうか を検索する。  The following communication method can be executed. That is, when the roadside processing device 103 receives a train entry from the train communication device 104a (104b), the roadside processing device 103 determines whether or not there is a vehicle that has not passed the takeoff Z at this reception. Search in vehicle status data. In other words, the roadside communication device 103 searches the vehicle status data to see if any of the passed data is not registered as passed.
検索の結果, 踏み切り Zを通過していない車両がある場合には, 路側処理装置 3は, 通過していない車両が踏み切り存在する情報を列車連絡用通信装置 1 04 a (1 04 b) を介して通信ゾーン 204 a (204 b) 内の列車 (列車装置) に送信する。  As a result of the search, when there is a vehicle that has not passed the railroad crossing Z, the roadside processing device 3 sends the information that the vehicle that has not passed the railroad crossing exists through the train communication device 104a (104b). To the train (train equipment) in the communication zone 204a (204b).
これによつて, 列車の運転者は, 踏み切り Zに車両が存在することを知り, 減 速, 停止等の操作を行うことできる。 その結果, 踏み切り Zにおける事故を未然 に防止することができる。  As a result, the train driver knows that there is a vehicle at railroad crossing Z and can perform operations such as deceleration and stopping. As a result, an accident at level crossing Z can be prevented.
また, 進入検出用通信装置 1 02 a (1 0 2 b) は, 列車連絡用通信装置 10 The entry detection communication device 102a (102b) is a train communication device.
4 a ( 1 04 b)および路側処理装置 3を介して列車接近情報を受信した場合に, 列車接近情報を進入ゾーン 20 2 a (20 2 b) に送信することもできる。 さら に, 通過検出用通信装置 1 O l a (1 0 1 b) 力 列車接近情報を通過ゾーン 2When the train approach information is received via 4a (104b) and the roadside processor 3, the train approach information can be transmitted to the approach zone 202a (202b). In addition, the passage detection communication device 1 Ola (101b)
0 1 a (20 1 b) に送信することもできる。 It can also be sent to 0 1a (20 1b).
なお, 車載装置と同様の装置を携帯した歩行者にも本実施の形態を適用するこ とができる。 産業上の利用の可能性 The present embodiment can be applied to a pedestrian who carries a device similar to an in-vehicle device. Industrial applicability
本発明によると, 交差点における他の車両の情報を各車両の運転者に通知する ことができ, 交差点における交通事故を未然に防止することができる。 また, 本 発明によると, 交差点における車両の情報をほぼリアルタイムに各車両に通知す ることができる。 さらに, 通知される情報を必要最小限のものにすることもでき る。 またさらに, 本発明によると, 横断歩道または踏み切りにおける事故も未然 に防止することができる。  ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the information of other vehicles in an intersection can be notified to the driver of each vehicle, and the traffic accident in an intersection can be prevented beforehand. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to notify each vehicle of the information on the vehicle at the intersection almost in real time. In addition, the information to be notified can be minimized. Furthermore, according to the present invention, accidents at pedestrian crossings or crossings can be prevented.

Claims

請求の範囲 . 車両に設けられる車載装置と, 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設けら れ, 前記車載装置と無線により通信して, 各車両の前記車載装置に他車両の車 両情報を送信する路側装置とを備えている交差点システムにおいて, Claims: An on-vehicle device provided in a vehicle is provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect, and wirelessly communicates with the on-vehicle device to transmit vehicle information of another vehicle to the on-vehicle device of each vehicle. In an intersection system having a roadside device for transmitting,
前記車載装置は,  The in-vehicle device,
自車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成する車側 処理部と,  A vehicle-side processing unit for generating vehicle information of the own vehicle including identification information of the own vehicle and a traveling direction;
前記車側処理部により生成された自車両の車両情報を前記路側装置に無線通 信により送信する車側送信部と,  A vehicle-side transmitting unit that transmits the vehicle information of the own vehicle generated by the vehicle-side processing unit to the road-side device by wireless communication;
前記路側装置から送信された他車両の車両情報を無線通信により受信する車 側受信部と,  A vehicle-side receiving unit that receives, by wireless communication, vehicle information of another vehicle transmitted from the roadside device;
前記車側受信部により受信された他車両の車両情報に基づいて, 少なくとも 他車両の存在を, 自車両の運転者が視覚, 聴覚, または触覚の少なくとも 1つ で知覚できるように該運転者に通知する通知部と,  On the basis of the vehicle information of the other vehicle received by the vehicle-side receiving unit, the driver of the own vehicle is provided to the driver so that the driver of the own vehicle can perceive at least one of visual, auditory, or tactile sensation. A notification unit for notifying,
を備え,  With
前記路側装置は,  The roadside device,
前記 2以上の道路のそれぞれにおける, 前記交差点内の領域と車両の前記交 差点への進入領域とを少なくとも通信領域として有し, 該通信領域に進入した 車両の前記車側送信部から送信された前記車両情報を受信する路側受信部と, 前記路側受信部により受信された車両情報を記憶する第 1の路側記憶部と, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方 の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報 選択データを記憶する第 2の路側記憶部と,  Each of the two or more roads has, as at least a communication area, an area within the intersection and an area where the vehicle enters the intersection, and is transmitted from the vehicle-side transmitting unit of the vehicle that has entered the communication area. A roadside receiving unit that receives the vehicle information, a first roadside storage unit that stores the vehicle information received by the roadside receiving unit, and a roadside receiving unit that stores the vehicle information received by the roadside receiving unit. A second roadside storage unit that stores vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle;
他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向およぴ該他車両の進入方向 と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 前記第 2の路側記憶部 に記憶された前記車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送信先の車両に対して 送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 前記第 1の路側記憶部に記憶された車両情報 から選択する路側処理部と, 前記路側処理部により選択された, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる車 両に送信する第 1の路側送信部と, The approach direction of the vehicle that is the destination of the vehicle information of the other vehicle, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the second roadside storage unit. A roadside processing unit that selects vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle based on the vehicle information selection data from vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit; A first roadside transmission unit for transmitting vehicle information of another vehicle selected by the roadside processing unit to the destination vehicle;
を備えていることを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, comprising:
2 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 2. In claim 1,
前記車両情報選択データが, 前記進入方向および進行方向に加えて, 2つの 車両の走行または停止の状態に基づいて, 一方の車両に対して, 他方の車両の 車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めたデータをさらに含み,  The vehicle information selection data determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on the traveling or stopped state of the two vehicles in addition to the approach direction and the traveling direction. Data further included,
前記車側処理部は, 自車両の走行または停止の状態を検出して, 前記車両情 報に走行または停止の状態を含め,  The vehicle-side processing unit detects a running or stopped state of the own vehicle, and includes a running or stopped state in the vehicle information.
前記路側処理部は, 他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向および 該他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向とに加 えてさらに, 前記車両情報に含まれる, 前記送信先となる車両および前記他車 両のそれぞれの走行または停止の状態と, 前記車両情報選択データとに基づい て, 該送信先の車両に対して送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 前記第 1の路側 記憶部に記憶された車両情報から選択する,  The roadside processing section further includes, in addition to the approach direction of the vehicle to which the vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted, the approach direction of the other vehicle, and the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, The vehicle of the other vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle based on the running or stop state of each of the destination vehicle and the other vehicle and the vehicle information selection data included in Selecting information from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit;
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
3 . 請求の範囲第 2項において, 3. In claim 2,
前記車側処理部は, 自車両の速度を検出して, 前記車両情報に, 車両の走行 または停止の状態に加えて, または, これに代えて, 検出した速度を含め, 前記路側処理部は, 前記走行または停止の状態を, 前記車両情報に含まれる 速度に基づいて求める,  The vehicle-side processing unit detects a speed of the own vehicle, and includes, in addition to or instead of the vehicle running or stopped state, the detected speed in the vehicle information. Determining the running or stopped state based on the speed included in the vehicle information;
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
4 . 請求の範囲第 2項において, 4. In claim 2,
前記車側処理部は, 前記車両情報に, 各車両の走行または停止の状態に代え て, 前記車側受信部が受信した, 前記路側装置からの無線通信の信号強度であ る受信レベルを含め, 前記路側処理部は, 前記車両情報に含まれる受信レベルの変化の有無から, 前記車両情報を送信した車両の走行または停止の状態を求める, The vehicle-side processing unit includes, in the vehicle information, a reception level, which is a signal strength of wireless communication from the road-side device, received by the vehicle-side receiving unit, instead of a running or stopped state of each vehicle. , The roadside processing unit obtains a running or stopped state of the vehicle that has transmitted the vehicle information from presence or absence of a change in a reception level included in the vehicle information,
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
5 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 5. In claim 1,
前記路側装置は,  The roadside device,
前記交差点に設置された信号機の状態を受信する信号機受信部と, 前記信号機の状態と前記交差点への車両の進入方向とに基づいて, 車両の該 交差点への進入許可または進入禁止を定めた信号機状態/進入可否対応データ を記憶する第 3の路側記憶部と,  A traffic light receiving unit that receives a state of a traffic light installed at the intersection; and a traffic light that determines permission or prohibition of entry of the vehicle into the intersection based on the state of the traffic light and the direction of entry of the vehicle into the intersection. A third roadside storage unit for storing the state / entry permission correspondence data,
をさらに備え,  Is further provided,
前記路側処理部は,車両の進入方向と,前記信号機受信部により受信された, 該進入方向の車両の進入を規制する信号機の状態と, 前記第 3の路側記憶部に 記憶された信号機状態 進入可否対応データとに基づいて, 車両の該交差点へ の進入許可または進入禁止を求め,  The roadside processing section includes a vehicle approach direction, a state of a traffic signal received by the signal receiving section, which restricts vehicle entry in the approach direction, and a traffic light state stored in the third roadside storage section. Based on the availability data, a request is made to permit or prohibit the vehicle from entering the intersection,
前記第 1の路側送信部は, 前記路側処理部により求められた進入許可または 進入禁止を表すデータを前記車載装置にさらに送信する,  The first roadside transmitting unit further transmits data representing the entry permission or the entry inhibition obtained by the roadside processing unit to the in-vehicle device,
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
6 . 請求の範囲第 5項において, 6. In claim 5,
前記車側処理部は, 前記第 1の路側送信部から進入禁止を表すデータが送信 された場合において, 該車両が走行中であるときは, 前記通知部により警告を 運転手に通知し, または, 該車両の走行に制動をかける,  The vehicle-side processing unit, when data indicating entry prohibition is transmitted from the first road-side transmission unit, when the vehicle is running, notifies the driver of a warning by the notification unit, or Braking the running of the vehicle,
'ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  'The intersection system characterized by that.
7 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 7. In claim 1,
前記路側装置が, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向 に基づいて, 2つの車両のいずれの通行が優先されるべきかを定めた優先度デ ータを記憶する第 4の路側記憶部をさらに備え, 前記路側処理部は, 他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向および 該他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 前 記第 4の路側記憶部に記憶された前記優先度データとに基づいて, 該送信先と なる車両の通行の優先度およぴ他車両の車両の通行の優先度を求め, The roadside device stores priority data that determines which of the two vehicles should be given priority based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles to the intersection. Roadside storage unit, The roadside processing section includes: an approach direction of a vehicle to which vehicle information of another vehicle is transmitted; an approach direction of the other vehicle; each traveling direction included in the vehicle information of these vehicles; A priority of traffic of the destination vehicle and a priority of traffic of another vehicle based on the priority data stored in the storage unit;
前記第 1の路側送信部により前記車載装置に送信される車両情報が, 送信先 となる車両の車両情報をさらに含み, かつ, 該送信先となる車両の車両情報お よび他車両の車両情報の双方が, 前記路側処理部により求められた優先度をさ らに含む,  The vehicle information transmitted to the in-vehicle device by the first roadside transmitting unit further includes vehicle information of a vehicle to be transmitted, and further includes vehicle information of the vehicle to be transmitted and vehicle information of another vehicle. Both further include the priority obtained by the roadside processing unit,
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
8 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 8. In Claim 1,
前記車載装置は, 前記車側受信部が受信した, 前記路側装置からの無線通信 の信号強度である受信レベルと , 前記通信領域における位置との関係を表した 受信レベル関数を記憶する車側記憶部をさらに備え,  The in-vehicle device stores a reception level function representing a relationship between a reception level, which is a signal strength of wireless communication from the roadside device, received by the vehicle side reception unit and a position in the communication area. Part,
前記車側処理部は, 前記受信レベルと前記車側記憶部に記憶された受信レべ ル関数とに基づいて, 該車両の前記通信領域における位置, または, 該車両の 前記交差点における位置を求め, 該位置を前記自車両の車両情報に含める, ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  The vehicle-side processing unit obtains a position of the vehicle in the communication area or a position of the vehicle at the intersection based on the reception level and a reception level function stored in the vehicle-side storage unit. The intersection system includes the position in the vehicle information of the own vehicle.
9 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 9. In claim 1,
前記交差点を形成する道路の少なくとも 1つが該交差点に進入する方向に一 方通行の道路である場合に, 前記路側装置の前記第 1の路側送信部は, 該交差 点から該一方通行の道路に進入しようとする車両の前記車側受信部が受信でき るように, 進入禁止を表すデータを送信する,  When at least one of the roads forming the intersection is a one-way road in a direction to enter the intersection, the first road-side transmitting unit of the road-side device transmits the one-way road from the intersection to the one-way road. Transmitting data indicating that entry is prohibited so that the vehicle-side receiver of the vehicle to be entered can receive the data;
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
1 0 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 10. In claim 1,
前記第 1の路側送信部により前記車載装置に送信される車両情報が, 送信先 となる車両の車両情報をさらに含み, 前記車側処理部は, 前記車側受信部により受信された車両情報に含まれる, 送信先となる車両の車両情報の進行方向と, 現在の自車両の進行方向とを比較 して, 両進行方向が異なる場合には, 該車側受信部により受信された車両情報 に含まれる, 他車両の車両情報を使用しない, The vehicle information transmitted to the on-vehicle device by the first roadside transmission unit further includes vehicle information of a vehicle to be transmitted. The vehicle-side processing unit compares the traveling direction of the vehicle information of the vehicle to be transmitted, which is included in the vehicle information received by the vehicle-side receiving unit, with the current traveling direction of the own vehicle. If the direction is different, do not use the vehicle information of the other vehicle included in the vehicle information received by the vehicle-side receiver.
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。 1 . 請求の範囲第 1項において,  An intersection system, characterized in that: 1. In claim 1,
前記路側装置が, 収集装置に接続され, 前記第 1の路側記憶部に記憶された 車両情報, または, 該車両情報から求めた, 前記交差点の通過車両の台数を該 収集装置に送信する第 2の路側送信部をさらに備えている,  The roadside device is connected to a collection device, and transmits to the collection device vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit or the number of vehicles passing through the intersection obtained from the vehicle information. Roadside transmission unit,
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。 2 . 請求の範囲第 1項において,  An intersection system, characterized in that: 2. In claim 1,
前記車載装置が, 前記車両に搭載されたエアバッグの作動を検出し, 検出信 号を前記車側処理部に送信するエアバッグ作動検出部, または, 交通事故が発 生したときに操作者により操作され, 操作されることにより操作信号を前記車 側処理部に送信する交通事故発生操作部の少なくとも一方をさらに備え, 前記車側処理部は, 前記エアバッグ作動検知部からの検出信号または交通事 故発生操作部からの操作信号の少なくとも一方を受信すると, 交通事故が発生 したことを示す交通事故発生データを前記車側送信部を介して前記路側装置に 送信し,  The in-vehicle device detects the operation of an airbag mounted on the vehicle and transmits an detection signal to the vehicle-side processing unit by an airbag operation detection unit, or by an operator when a traffic accident occurs. The vehicle further includes at least one of a traffic accident occurrence operation unit that is operated and transmits an operation signal to the vehicle-side processing unit when operated. The vehicle-side processing unit includes a detection signal from the airbag operation detection unit or a traffic signal. Upon receiving at least one of the operation signals from the accident occurrence operation unit, the control unit transmits traffic accident occurrence data indicating that a traffic accident has occurred to the roadside device via the vehicle side transmission unit,
前記第 1の路側送信部は, 前記路側受信部が前記交通事故発生データを受信 すると, 前記通信領域に存在する車両の車載装置が受信できるように, 前記交 通事故発生データを送信する,  The first roadside transmitting section, when the roadside receiving section receives the traffic accident occurrence data, transmits the traffic accident occurrence data so that an in-vehicle device of a vehicle existing in the communication area can receive the traffic accident occurrence data.
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。 3 . 請求の範囲第 1 2項において,  An intersection system, characterized in that: 3. In Claims 1 and 2,
前記路側処理装置が,  The roadside processing device comprises:
他の路側処理装置に前記交通事故発生データを送信する第 3の路側送信部と, 前記他の路側処理装置から送信された前記交通事故発生データを受信する第A third roadside transmission unit that transmits the traffic accident occurrence data to another roadside processing device, Receiving the traffic accident occurrence data transmitted from the other roadside processing device;
2の路側受信部と, 2 roadside receiver,
さらに備えていることを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, further comprising:
1 4 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 1 4. In Claim 1,
前記路側装置が, 前記交差点を形成する 2以上の道路と同数の路側通信装置 と 1つの路側処理装置とを備え,  The roadside device includes two or more roads forming the intersection and the same number of roadside communication devices and one roadside processing device;
前記路側通信装置のそれぞれは, 前記 2以上の道路のそれぞれに前記通信領 域を有し, かつ, 前記車載装置と無線通信により通信する前記路側受信部およ び前記第 1の路側送信部を有し,  Each of the roadside communication devices has the communication area on each of the two or more roads, and includes the roadside reception unit and the first roadside transmission unit that communicate with the on-vehicle device by wireless communication. Have,
前記路側処理装置は, 前記 2以上の路側通信装置と通信を行い, 前記第 1お よび第 2の路側記憶部ならびに前記路側処理部を有する,  The roadside processing device communicates with the two or more roadside communication devices, and has the first and second roadside storage units and the roadside processing unit.
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
1 5 . 請求の範囲第 1項において, 15 5. In claim 1,
前記路側装置が, 複数の路側通信装置と 1つの路側処理装置とを備え, 前記通信領域は, 前記 2以上の道路ごとに分割され, さらに, 各道路の方向 に沿って複数の領域に分割されており,  The roadside device includes a plurality of roadside communication devices and one roadside processing device, and the communication area is divided for each of the two or more roads, and further divided into a plurality of regions along the direction of each road. And
前記複数の路側通信装置のそれぞれは, 前記分割された通信領域の 1つを有 し, かつ, 前記車載装置と無線通信により通信する前記路側受信部および前記 第 1の路側送信部を有し,  Each of the plurality of roadside communication devices has one of the divided communication areas, and has the roadside reception unit and the first roadside transmission unit that communicate with the in-vehicle device by wireless communication,
前記路側処理装置は, 前記複数の路側通信装置と通信を行い, 前記第 1およ び第 2の路側記憶部ならびに前記路側処理部を有する,  The roadside processing device communicates with the plurality of roadside communication devices, and has the first and second roadside storage units and the roadside processing unit.
ことを特徴とする交差点システム。  An intersection system, characterized in that:
1 6 . 車両に設けられる車載装置と,' 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設け られ, 前記車載装置と無線により通信して, 各車両の前記車載装置に他車両の 車両情報を送信する路側装置とを備えている交差点システムにおける車両情報 通信方法において, 前記車載装置は, 16. An on-board device installed in a vehicle is installed near an intersection where two or more roads intersect, communicates wirelessly with the on-board device, and transmits vehicle information of other vehicles to the on-board device of each vehicle. In a vehicle information communication method in an intersection system including a roadside device, The in-vehicle device,
自車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成し, 前記生成した自車両の車両情報を前記路側装置に無線通信により送信すると ともに, 前記路側装置から送信された他車両の車両情報を無線通信により受信 し,  The vehicle information of the own vehicle including the identification information and the traveling direction of the own vehicle is generated, and the generated vehicle information of the own vehicle is transmitted to the roadside device by wireless communication, and the other vehicle transmitted from the roadside device is transmitted. Vehicle information is received by wireless communication,
前記受信した他車両の車両情報に基づいて, 少なくとも他車両の存在を, 自 車両の運転者が視覚, 聴覚, または触覚の少なくとも 1つで知覚できるように 該運転者に通知し,  Notifying the driver of the own vehicle based on the received vehicle information of the other vehicle so that the driver of the own vehicle can perceive at least one of visual, auditory, or tactile sensation;
前記路側装置は,  The roadside device,
2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方 の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報 選択データを該路側装置が有する路側記憶部にあらかじめ記憶しておき, 前記 2以上の道路のそれぞれにおける, 前記交差点内の領域と車両の前記交 差点への進入領域とを少なくとも通信領域として有し, 該通信領域に進入した 車両の前記車載装置から送信された前記車両情報を受信し,  A roadside device having vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of one vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles at the intersection. A storage unit stores in advance a region within the intersection and a region where the vehicle enters the intersection at each of the two or more roads as a communication region. Receiving the vehicle information transmitted from the in-vehicle device,
前記受信した車両情報を前記路側記憶部に記憶し,  Storing the received vehicle information in the roadside storage unit,
他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向および該他車両の進入方向 と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 前記路側記憶部に記憶 された前記車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送信先の車両に対して送信す べき他車両の車両情報を, 前記路側記憶部に記憶された車両情報から選択し, 前記選択した, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる車両に送信する, 車両情報通信方法。 7 . 車両に設けられ, 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設けられた路側装 置と無線により通信する車載装置であって,  The approach direction of the vehicle that is the destination of the vehicle information of the other vehicle, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the vehicle information selection data stored in the roadside storage unit. The vehicle information of the other vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle is selected from the vehicle information stored in the roadside storage unit, and the selected vehicle information of the other vehicle is transmitted to the destination vehicle. A vehicle information communication method that transmits to the vehicle that becomes the vehicle. 7. An in-vehicle device that is installed in a vehicle and communicates wirelessly with a roadside device near an intersection where two or more roads intersect.
自車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成する車側 処理部と,  A vehicle-side processing unit for generating vehicle information of the own vehicle including identification information of the own vehicle and a traveling direction;
前記車側処理部により生成された自車両の車両情報を前記路側装置に無線通 信により送信する車側送信部と, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて一方の 車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選 択データと, 前記交差点への該自車両の進入方向および他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向とに基づいて, 前記路側装置に より, 該自車両に送信する必要があるものとして選択された他車両の車両情報 を, 前記路側装置から無線通信により受信する車側受信部と, A vehicle-side transmitting unit that transmits the vehicle information of the own vehicle generated by the vehicle-side processing unit to the road-side device by wireless communication; Vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles to the intersection; Based on the approach direction of the own vehicle and the approach direction of the other vehicle, and the respective traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, the roadside device has selected the vehicle as having to be transmitted to the own vehicle. A vehicle-side receiving unit that receives vehicle information of another vehicle from the road-side device by wireless communication;
前記車側受信部により受信された他車両の車両情報に基づいて, 少なくとも 他車両の存在を, 自車両の運転者が視覚, 聴覚, または触覚の少なくとも 1つ で知覚できるように該運転者に通知する通知部と,  On the basis of the vehicle information of the other vehicle received by the vehicle-side receiving unit, the driver of the own vehicle is provided to the driver so that the driver of the own vehicle can perceive at least one of visual, auditory, or tactile sensation. A notification unit for notifying,
を備えている車載装置。 8 . 車両に設けられ, 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設けられた路側装 置と無線により通信する車載装置が行う車両情報通信方法であつて,  An in-vehicle device comprising: 8. A vehicle information communication method performed by an in-vehicle device that is provided in a vehicle and communicates wirelessly with a roadside device provided near an intersection where two or more roads intersect,
自車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む, 自車両の車両情報を生成し, 前記生成した自車両の車両情報を前記路側装置に無線通信により送信し, Generating vehicle information of the own vehicle including the identification information and the traveling direction of the own vehicle, transmitting the generated vehicle information of the own vehicle to the roadside device by wireless communication,
2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて一方の 車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報選 択データと, 前記交差点への該自車両の進入方向および他車両の進入方向と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向とに基づいて, 前記路側装置に より, 該自車両に送信する必要があるものとして選択された他車両の車両情報 を, 前記路側装置から無線通信により受信する, Vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information of the other vehicle should be transmitted to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles to the intersection; Based on the approach direction of the own vehicle and the approach direction of the other vehicle, and the respective traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, the roadside device has selected the vehicle as having to be transmitted to the own vehicle. Receiving vehicle information of another vehicle from the roadside device by wireless communication;
車両情報通信方法。 9 . 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設けられ, 車两に設けられた車載装 置と無線により通信して, 各車両の前記車載装置に他車両の車両情報を送信す る路側装置であって,  Vehicle information communication method. 9.2 A roadside device that is installed near the intersection where two or more roads intersect and communicates wirelessly with the in-vehicle device installed in the vehicle and transmits vehicle information of other vehicles to the in-vehicle device of each vehicle. So,
前記 2以上の道路のそれぞれにおける, 前記交差点内の領域と車両の前記交 差点への進入領域とを少なくとも通信領域として有し, 該通信領域に進入した 車両の前記車載装置から送信された, 該車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む 車両情報を受信する路側受信部と, Each of the two or more roads has, as at least a communication area, an area within the intersection and an area where the vehicle enters the intersection, and is transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device of the vehicle that has entered the communication area. Includes vehicle identification and direction of travel A roadside receiver for receiving vehicle information;
前記路側受信部により受信された車両情報を記憶する第 1の路側記憶部と, 2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方 の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すべきかどうかを定めた車両情報 選択データを記憶する第 2の路側記憶部と,  A first roadside storage unit that stores the vehicle information received by the roadside reception unit, and a first vehicle-side storage unit that stores the vehicle information with respect to one vehicle based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles. A second roadside storage unit for storing vehicle information selection data that determines whether vehicle information should be transmitted;
他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向および該他車両の進入方向 と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 前記第 2の路側記憶部 に記憶された前記車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送信先の車両に対して 送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 前記第 1の路側記憶部に記憶された車両情報 から選択する路側処理部と,  The approach direction of the vehicle that is the destination of the vehicle information of the other vehicle, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the respective traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the vehicle stored in the second roadside storage unit. A roadside processing unit for selecting vehicle information of another vehicle to be transmitted to the destination vehicle based on the information selection data from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit;
前記路側処理部により選択された, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる車 両に送信する路側送信部と,  A roadside transmitting unit that transmits the vehicle information of the other vehicle selected by the roadside processing unit to the destination vehicle;
を備えている路側装置。 0 . 2以上の道路が交差する交差点付近に設けられ, 車両に設けられた車載装 置と無線により通信して, 各車両の前記車載装置に他車両の車両情報を送信す る路側装置が行う車両情報通信方法であって,  Roadside device comprising: A roadside device that is installed near an intersection where 0.2 or more roads intersect and communicates wirelessly with in-vehicle devices provided in vehicles and transmits vehicle information of other vehicles to the in-vehicle devices of each vehicle. A vehicle information communication method,
2つの車両の前記交差点への各進入方向および各進行方向に基づいて, 一方 の車両に対して他方の車両の車両情報を送信すベきかどうかを定めた車両情報 選択データを, 該路側装置に設けられた第 2の路側記憶部にあらかじめ記憶し ておき,  Based on each approach direction and each traveling direction of the two vehicles to the intersection, vehicle information selection data that determines whether to transmit vehicle information of the other vehicle to one vehicle is transmitted to the roadside device. It is stored in advance in the second roadside storage unit provided,
前記 2以上の道路のそれぞれにおける, 前記交差点内の領域と車両の前記交 差点への進入領域とを少なくとも含む通信領域に進入した車両の前記車載装置 から送信された, 該車両の識別情報および進行方向を含む車両情報を受信し, 前記受信した車両情報を, 該路側装置に設けられた第 1の路側記憶部に記憶 し,  Identification information and progress of the vehicle transmitted from the vehicle-mounted device of a vehicle that has entered a communication area including at least an area within the intersection and an area where the vehicle enters the intersection on each of the two or more roads. Receiving vehicle information including the direction, storing the received vehicle information in a first roadside storage unit provided in the roadside device,
他車両の車両情報の送信先となる車両の進入方向およぴ該他車両の進入方向 と, これらの車両の車両情報に含まれる各進行方向と, 前記第 2の路側記憶部 に記憶された前記車両情報選択データとに基づいて, 該送信先の車両に対して 送信すべき他車両の車両情報を, 前記第 1の路側記憶部に記憶された車両情報 から選択し, ' The approach direction of the vehicle that is the destination of the vehicle information of the other vehicle, the approach direction of the other vehicle, the traveling directions included in the vehicle information of these vehicles, and the second roadside storage unit. Based on the vehicle information selection data, The vehicle information of the other vehicle to be transmitted is selected from the vehicle information stored in the first roadside storage unit.
前記選択した, 他車両の車両情報を前記送信先となる車両に送信する, 車両情報通信方法。 、 1 . 横断歩道を通行する歩行者が携帯する携帯装置と, 前記横断歩道付近に設 けられた路側装置と, 車両に搭載された車載装置とを備えている横断歩道シス テムであって,  A vehicle information communication method, wherein the selected vehicle information of another vehicle is transmitted to the destination vehicle. 1. A pedestrian crossing system comprising a portable device carried by a pedestrian who crosses a pedestrian crossing, a roadside device provided near the pedestrian crossing, and an on-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle,
前記携帯装置は, 歩行者の存在を通知する通知信号を無線により送信する携 帯側送信部を備え,  The portable device includes a portable transmitting unit that wirelessly transmits a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian,
前記路側装置は,  The roadside device,
少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該第 1の通信 領域内で前記携帯装置からの通知信号を無線通信により受信する路側受信部と, 前記横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入する側の領 域を第 2の通信領域として有し, 該第 2の通信領域内の前記車載装置に前記通 知信号を無線通信により送信する路側送信部と,  A roadside receiving unit having a first communication area including at least the pedestrian crossing area, and receiving a notification signal from the portable device by wireless communication in the first communication area; A roadside transmission unit having, as a second communication area, an area on the side where a vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing, and transmitting the notification signal to the in-vehicle device in the second communication area by wireless communication; ,
を備え,  With
前記車載装置は, 前記路側送信部からの通知信号を無線通信により受信する 車側受信部を備えている,  The in-vehicle device includes a vehicle-side receiving unit that receives a notification signal from the road-side transmitting unit by wireless communication.
横断歩道システム。 2 . 横断歩道を通行する歩行者が携帯する携帯装置と, 前記横断歩道付近に設 けられた路側装置と, 車両に搭載された車載装置とを備えている横断歩道シス テムにおける通信方法であって,  Pedestrian crossing system. 2. A communication method in a pedestrian crossing system including a portable device carried by a pedestrian who passes a pedestrian crossing, a roadside device provided near the pedestrian crossing, and an on-vehicle device mounted on a vehicle. hand,
前記携帯装匱は, 歩行者の存在を通知する通知信号を無線により送信し, 前記路側装置は,  The portable shingle wirelessly transmits a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian,
少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域内で前記携帯装置から の通知信号を無線通信により受信し,  Receiving, by wireless communication, a notification signal from the portable device within a first communication area including at least the crosswalk area;
前記横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入する側に形 成された第 2の通信領域内の前記車載装置に前記通知信号を無線通信により送 信し, On the side of the road that intersects the pedestrian crossing, where the vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing. Transmitting the notification signal by wireless communication to the in-vehicle device in the formed second communication area;
前記車載装置は, 前記路側装置からの通知信号を無線通信により受信する, 通信方法。  A communication method, wherein the in-vehicle device receives a notification signal from the roadside device by wireless communication.
2 3 . 横断歩道付近に設けられた路側装置であって, 2 3. A roadside device installed near the crosswalk,
少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該第 1の通信 領域内で, 歩行者が携帯する携帯装置から送信される, 歩行者の存在を通知す る通知信号を無線通信により受信する路側受信部と,  A pedestrian has a first communication area including at least the pedestrian crossing area, and a notification signal for notifying the presence of a pedestrian transmitted from a portable device carried by a pedestrian in the first communication area is wirelessly transmitted. A roadside receiving unit for receiving by communication;
前記横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入する側の領 域を第 2の通信領域として有し, 該第 2の通信領域内で, 車両に搭載された車 載装置に前記通知信号を無線通信により送信する路側送信部と,  A second communication area includes a region on the side of the road that intersects the pedestrian crossing where the vehicle enters the pedestrian crossing, and a vehicle-mounted device mounted on the vehicle in the second communication region. A roadside transmitter for transmitting the notification signal by wireless communication,
を備えている路側装置。  Roadside device comprising:
2 4 . 横断歩道付近に設けられた路側装置が行う通信方法であって, 24. A communication method performed by roadside devices provided near the pedestrian crossing,
少なくとも前記横断歩道の領域を含む第 1の通信領域内で, 歩行者が携帯す る携帯装置から送信される, 歩行者の存在を通知する通知信号を無線通信によ り受信し,  Receiving, by wireless communication, a notification signal, which is transmitted from a portable device carried by a pedestrian and notifies the presence of the pedestrian, in at least a first communication area including the pedestrian crossing area;
前記横断歩道と交差する車道における, 該横断歩道に車両が進入する側に設 けられた第 2の通信領域内で, 車両に搭載された車載装置に前記通知信号を無 線通信により送信する,  Transmitting the notification signal by radio communication to an in-vehicle device mounted on the vehicle in a second communication area provided on a side of the vehicle that crosses the pedestrian crossing on the sidewalk that crosses the pedestrian crossing;
通信方法。  Communication method.
2 5 . 列車が通行する線路と車両が通行する車道とが交差する踏み切り付近に設 けられた路側装置と, 前記線路の付近に設けられた線路側装置とを備えている 踏み切り通報システムであって, 25. A railroad crossing notification system comprising a roadside device installed near a railroad crossing where a train passes and a lane where vehicles pass, and a railroad device installed near the railroad. hand,
前記路側装置は,  The roadside device,
前記踏み切りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該第 1の通信 領域に進入した車両を検出する第 1の検出部と, 前記踏み切りの領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる領域を第 2の通信 領域として有し,該第 2の通信領域に進入した車両を検出する第 2の検出部と, 前記第 1の検出部により前記車両が検出されると車両進入情報を前記線路側 装置に送信し, 前記第 2の検出部により前記車両が検出されると車両通過情報 を前記線路側装置に送信する路側送信部と, A first communication unit that includes a first communication area including at least the crossing area, and detects a vehicle that has entered the first communication area; A second communication area having an area where the vehicle can be confirmed to have passed from the crossing area as a second communication area, and a second detection section for detecting a vehicle having entered the second communication area; and the first detection section A roadside transmission unit that transmits vehicle entry information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the roadside device, and transmits vehicle passage information to the trackside device when the vehicle is detected by the second detection unit;
を備え,  With
前記線路側装置は,  The line-side device includes:
前記路側送信部からの前記車両進入情報および前記車両通過情報を受信する 線路側受信部と,  A track-side receiving unit that receives the vehicle entry information and the vehicle passing information from the road-side transmitting unit;
線路上における, 列車の前記踏み切りへの進入方向前方に設けられた第 3の 通信領域を有し, 前記線路側受信部により車両進入情報が受信されると, 該第 3の通信領域に車両進入通知の送信を開始し, 前記線路側受信部により車両通 過情報が受信されると,車両進入通知の送信を停止する車両進入情報送信部と, を備えている踏み切り通報システム。 6 . 列車が通行する線路と車両が通行する車道とが交差する踏み切り付近に設 けられた路側装置と, 前記線路の付近に設けられた線路側装置とを備えている 踏み切り通報システムにおける通信方法であって,  A third communication area provided on the track ahead of the train in the direction of approach to the railroad crossing; when the vehicle-side information is received by the line-side receiver, the vehicle enters the third communication area; A railroad crossing notification system, comprising: a vehicle entry information transmission unit that starts transmitting a notification and stops transmitting a vehicle entry notification when the vehicle side information is received by the track side reception unit. 6. A communication method in a railroad crossing notification system, comprising: a roadside device provided near a railroad crossing where a train passes on a track and a vehicle lane crossing; and a railroad device provided near the railroad. And
前記路側装置は,  The roadside device,
前記踏み切りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検出 し, 前記踏み切りの領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる領域に設けられ た第 2の通信領域に進入した車両を検出し,  A vehicle that has entered a first communication area including at least the crossing area is detected, and a vehicle that has entered a second communication area provided in an area where it can be confirmed that the vehicle has passed from the crossing area is detected. ,
前記第 1の通信領域で車両が検出されると車両進入情報を前記線路側装置に 送信し, 前記第 2の通信領域で車両が検出されると車両通過情報を前記線路側 装置に送信し,  When a vehicle is detected in the first communication area, vehicle entry information is transmitted to the trackside device. When a vehicle is detected in the second communication area, vehicle passage information is transmitted to the trackside device.
前記線路側装置は,  The line-side device includes:
前記路側装置からの前記車両進入情報および前記車両通過情報を受信し, 前記車両進入情報を受信すると, 線路上における, 列車の前記踏み切りへの 進入方向前方に設けられた第 3の通信領域に車両進入通知の送信を開始し, 前 記車両通過情報を受信すると, 車両進入通知の送信を停止する, 通信方法。 Upon receiving the vehicle entry information and the vehicle passage information from the roadside device, and receiving the vehicle entry information, the vehicle enters a third communication area provided on the track ahead of the train at the railroad crossing direction. Start sending entry notification A communication method that stops sending vehicle entry notifications when vehicle passing information is received.
2 7 . 列車が通行する線路と車両が通行する車道とが交差する踏み切りの領域を 少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域を有し, 該第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検 出する第 1の検出部と, 27. A first communication area including at least a railroad crossing area where a track on which a train passes and a lane on which a vehicle passes intersects, and a first communication area for detecting a vehicle entering the first communication area is provided. A detection unit;
前記踏み切りの領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる領域を第 2の通信 領域として有し,該第 2の通信領域に進入した車両を検出する第 2の検出部と, 前記第 1の検出部により前記車両が検出されると車両進入情報を, 前記踏み 切りへの車両の進入を列車に通報する線路側装置に送信し, 前記第 2の検出部 により前記車両が検出されると車両通過情報を前記線路側装置に送信する路側 送信部と,  A second communication area having an area in which the vehicle can be confirmed to have passed from the railroad crossing area as a second communication area, and a second detection section for detecting a vehicle entering the second communication area; and the first detection section When the vehicle is detected by the second detection unit, vehicle entry information is transmitted to a track side device that notifies the train of the entry of the vehicle to the crossing to the train. When the second detection unit detects the vehicle, the vehicle passage information is transmitted. A roadside transmitting unit for transmitting a signal to the lineside device;
を備えている路側装置。  Roadside device comprising:
2 8 . 列車が通行する線路と車両が通行する車道とが交差する踏み切りにおける 車両の進入および通過を通報する路側装置が実行する通信方法であって, 前記踏み切りの領域を少なくとも含む第 1の通信領域に進入した車両を検出 し, 28. A communication method performed by a roadside device that reports the entry and passage of a vehicle at a railroad crossing where a track on which a train passes and a road on which the vehicle crosses, wherein the first communication includes at least the region of the railroad crossing Detects vehicles that have entered the area,
前記踏み切りの領域から車両が通過したことを確認できる第 2の通信領域に 進入した車両を検出し,  Detecting a vehicle that has entered the second communication area where it can be confirmed that the vehicle has passed from the crossing area,
前記第 1の通信領域に前記車両が検出されると車両進入情報を, 前記踏み切 りへの車両の進入を列車に通報する線路側装置に送信し, 前記第 2の通信領域 に前記車両が検出されると車両通過情報を前記線路側装置に送信する, 通信方法。  When the vehicle is detected in the first communication area, vehicle entry information is transmitted to a track-side device that notifies a train of the approach of the vehicle to the railroad crossing to a train, and the vehicle is transmitted to the second communication area. A communication method for transmitting vehicle passage information to the trackside device when detected.
PCT/JP2001/005094 2001-06-14 2001-06-14 Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system WO2002103652A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2001/005094 WO2002103652A1 (en) 2001-06-14 2001-06-14 Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2001/005094 WO2002103652A1 (en) 2001-06-14 2001-06-14 Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002103652A1 true WO2002103652A1 (en) 2002-12-27

Family

ID=11737439

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2001/005094 WO2002103652A1 (en) 2001-06-14 2001-06-14 Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2002103652A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011106834A1 (en) * 2010-03-02 2011-09-09 Qr Limited A railroad crossing warning system
EP2402925A4 (en) * 2009-02-27 2012-08-08 Toyota Motor Co Ltd A FAILURE DEVICE INSTALLED ON THE ROAD, A VEHICLE DEVICE INSTALLED IN THE VEHICLE AND A FAILSAFE SYSTEM
WO2017113384A1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus and system for information transmission
CN110610618A (en) * 2018-06-14 2019-12-24 罗伯特·博世有限公司 Vehicle driving support system
CN114604265A (en) * 2020-12-03 2022-06-10 通用汽车环球科技运作有限责任公司 Autonomous driving control system and method based on intersection complexity

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0737196A (en) * 1993-07-16 1995-02-07 Nec Corp Traffic signal warning system
US5745865A (en) * 1995-12-29 1998-04-28 Lsi Logic Corporation Traffic control system utilizing cellular telephone system
US5864304A (en) * 1996-08-08 1999-01-26 At&T Corp Wireless railroad grade crossing warning system
JPH11110700A (en) * 1997-09-29 1999-04-23 Toyota Motor Corp Intersection information providing system and in-vehicle information transmitting device applied to the system
JP2000198439A (en) * 1999-01-07 2000-07-18 Hitachi Ltd Vehicle detection device and railway wireless communication device
JP2000337915A (en) * 1999-05-25 2000-12-08 Kenwood Corp Vehicle running guidance equipment with information function of traffic law information
JP2000339591A (en) * 1999-05-27 2000-12-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Roadside-vehicle communication device at intersection
JP2001067590A (en) * 1999-08-27 2001-03-16 Nippon Tmi Co Ltd Vehicle discrimination system equipped with inter-vehicle communication function
JP2001126198A (en) * 1999-10-27 2001-05-11 Pub Works Res Inst Ministry Of Constr System for preventing collision in passing-by
JP2001134891A (en) * 1999-11-05 2001-05-18 Toshiba Corp System for monitoring walker across crossing

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0737196A (en) * 1993-07-16 1995-02-07 Nec Corp Traffic signal warning system
US5745865A (en) * 1995-12-29 1998-04-28 Lsi Logic Corporation Traffic control system utilizing cellular telephone system
US5864304A (en) * 1996-08-08 1999-01-26 At&T Corp Wireless railroad grade crossing warning system
JPH11110700A (en) * 1997-09-29 1999-04-23 Toyota Motor Corp Intersection information providing system and in-vehicle information transmitting device applied to the system
JP2000198439A (en) * 1999-01-07 2000-07-18 Hitachi Ltd Vehicle detection device and railway wireless communication device
JP2000337915A (en) * 1999-05-25 2000-12-08 Kenwood Corp Vehicle running guidance equipment with information function of traffic law information
JP2000339591A (en) * 1999-05-27 2000-12-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Roadside-vehicle communication device at intersection
JP2001067590A (en) * 1999-08-27 2001-03-16 Nippon Tmi Co Ltd Vehicle discrimination system equipped with inter-vehicle communication function
JP2001126198A (en) * 1999-10-27 2001-05-11 Pub Works Res Inst Ministry Of Constr System for preventing collision in passing-by
JP2001134891A (en) * 1999-11-05 2001-05-18 Toshiba Corp System for monitoring walker across crossing

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2402925A4 (en) * 2009-02-27 2012-08-08 Toyota Motor Co Ltd A FAILURE DEVICE INSTALLED ON THE ROAD, A VEHICLE DEVICE INSTALLED IN THE VEHICLE AND A FAILSAFE SYSTEM
US8849553B2 (en) 2009-02-27 2014-09-30 Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha Road-installed driving supporting device, vehicle-mounted driving supporting device, and driving supporting system
WO2011106834A1 (en) * 2010-03-02 2011-09-09 Qr Limited A railroad crossing warning system
WO2017113384A1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 华为技术有限公司 Method, apparatus and system for information transmission
US10638459B2 (en) 2015-12-31 2020-04-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method, apparatus, and system
CN110610618A (en) * 2018-06-14 2019-12-24 罗伯特·博世有限公司 Vehicle driving support system
CN114604265A (en) * 2020-12-03 2022-06-10 通用汽车环球科技运作有限责任公司 Autonomous driving control system and method based on intersection complexity

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP3729042B2 (en) Emergency vehicle approach notification system, in-vehicle communication device and roadside communication device
US9646496B1 (en) Systems and methods of creating and blending proxy data for mobile objects having no transmitting devices
JP5048829B2 (en) Driving support system
US10249204B2 (en) Connected vehicle traffic safety system and a method of predicting and avoiding crashes at railroad grade crossings
JP5442022B2 (en) Driving support system and driving support method
JP2001184592A (en) Vehicle traffic support device
JP2008287678A (en) Pedestrian crossing support device, in-vehicle device, tag device
WO2018217774A1 (en) Improved roadway guidance system
JP2006202199A (en) Road-to-vehicle communication system
CN111762195A (en) Vehicle driving assistance device, driving information transmission system, and driving information transmission method
JP3740524B2 (en) Driving support road system
KR20090061782A (en) Intersection advance information notification system using short-range communication and its notification method
US11626016B2 (en) Systems and methods of vehicular operation
JP4941121B2 (en) Roadside communication device and vehicle abnormality detection method
US20190096246A1 (en) Compact modular wireless sensing radar infrastructure device
KR102077315B1 (en) Intelligent Transportation Information Providing Device and Method thereof
JPH1183521A (en) Route guidance device for vehicles
KR101427938B1 (en) Apparatus sharing information of vehicle and method thereof
WO2002103652A1 (en) Intersection system and vehicle information communication method in intersection system
KR20060064372A (en) Inter-vehicle communication device and method
JP3957686B2 (en) Emergency vehicle notification system and notification method
JP5343578B2 (en) Road-side communication system, vehicle-side communication system, and road-vehicle communication system
JP4473809B2 (en) Moving body guide device
EP0992965B1 (en) Highway driving assistance system for car drivers
JP4748121B2 (en) Transportation support system, vehicle-mounted device, portable device and base station

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): JP US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP